SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Wellcare Health Plans, Inc. – ‘424B1’ on 12/17/04

On:  Friday, 12/17/04, at 8:41am ET   ·   Accession #:  950133-4-4654   ·   File #:  333-120672

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

12/17/04  Wellcare Health Plans, Inc.       424B1                  1:2.2M                                   Bowne - DC/FA

Prospectus   —   Rule 424(b)(1)
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 424B1       Prospectus                                          HTML   1.78M 


Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Prospectus Summary
"Risk Factors
"Forward-Looking Statements
"Use of Proceeds
"Price Range of Common Stock
"Dividend Policy
"Capitalization
"Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Our Business
"Management
"Certain Transactions
"Principal and Selling Stockholders
"Description of Capital Stock
"Shares Eligible For Future Sale
"Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders
"Underwriters
"Validity
"Experts
"Additional Information
"Index to Financial Statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  e424b1  

Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
Registration Statement No. 333-120672
PROSPECTUS

7,500,000 Shares

(WELLCARE LOGO)

COMMON STOCK


WellCare Health Plans, Inc. is offering 1,500,000 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering 6,000,000 shares of common stock.


Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WCG.” On December 16, 2004, the last sale price for the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $33.12.


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.


PRICE $32.00 A SHARE


                 
Per Share Total


Price to Public
  $ 32.00     $ 240,000,000  
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
  $ 1.60     $ 12,000,000  
Proceeds to WellCare
  $ 30.40     $ 45,600,000  
Proceeds to Selling Stockholders
  $ 30.40     $ 182,400,000  

One of the selling stockholders has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,125,000 shares to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about December 22, 2004.


MORGAN STANLEY

  SG COWEN & CO.
  UBS INVESTMENT BANK
  WACHOVIA SECURITIES

December 16, 2004



Table of Contents

(INSIDE COVER ART)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    7  
    23  
    24  
    24  
    24  
    25  
    26  
    28  
    47  
    72  
    88  
    93  
    95  
    98  
    100  
    103  
    105  
    105  
    105  
    F-1  

      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or when any sale of our common stock occurs.

i



Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company, the common stock being sold in this offering and our consolidated and combined financial statements, including the notes to those statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Business

      We arrange for the delivery of healthcare services, also known as “managed care services,” targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized core functions, such as claims processing and medical management, combined with marketing and provider relationships tailored to the local markets where we operate. We believe that this approach allows us to provide high-quality, affordable healthcare services to our members and offer cost saving opportunities to the states we serve, while maintaining mutually beneficial relationships with our providers and our regulators. We also believe that our approach to the delivery of managed care services will allow us to effectively grow our business, both through organic growth and acquisitions.

      We operate health plans in Florida, New York, Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana. In Florida, as of September 30, 2004, we served more than 527,000 members, and operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In New York, Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut, as of September 30, 2004, we served approximately 66,000, 63,000, 45,000 and 33,000 members, respectively. We began offering services to Medicare beneficiaries in Louisiana in September 2004.

Our Markets and Opportunities

      The market for government-sponsored healthcare programs in the United States is large and growing. In 2003, Medicaid covered 42.7 million enrollees and Medicare covered 41.1 million enrollees, according to the federal government’s Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS. Enrollment in Medicaid managed care programs has grown rapidly in recent years, from 13.3 million, or 40% of enrollees, in 1996 to 25.3 million, or 59.1% of enrollees, in 2003, according to CMS. These managed care programs generally arrange for the delivery of an array of healthcare services to members at a fixed monthly payment per member.

      We are the largest provider of Medicaid managed care services in the State of Florida, where we also operate a large Medicare plan. In 2003, we added approximately 44,000 members to our State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP, known in Florida as Healthy Kids. As of September 30, 2004, our Healthy Kids membership has grown to over 101,000 members. Florida has approximately 2.2 million Medicaid enrollees, according to CMS, which includes beneficiaries under the Supplemental Security Income and the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families programs. Florida also has 2.9 million Medicare enrollees, the second largest population of any state. Based on our history of providing quality managed care services in Florida, we believe we are well positioned to continue increasing our membership in the state.

      Our health plans in New York and Connecticut have experienced significant membership growth under our management. During the year ended December 31, 2003, our membership in New York grew approximately 23% to nearly 56,000 members, and our membership in Connecticut grew approximately 39% to over 24,000 members. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, our membership in New York grew approximately 19% to nearly 66,000 members, and our membership in Connecticut grew approximately 37% to nearly 33,000 members. We believe that both of these states are attractive markets. We believe that the New York market opportunity is substantial, with approximately 3.7 million Medicaid and 2.8 million Medicare enrollees, according to CMS.

      In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Since the acquisition, membership growth under our management has increased approximately 29% to over 108,000 members as of September 30, 2004. We plan to leverage our approach to the delivery of managed care programs by expanding our Medicaid, Medicare and other products in our current markets and in additional counties and states.

1



Table of Contents

Our Competitive Advantages

      We operate health plans focused on government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the following are among our key competitive advantages:

      Leading Market Presence. With over 690,000 Medicaid managed care enrollees nationally, we are the leading Medicaid provider in Florida, with a market share of approximately 53%. We are also the leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois. We believe that this strong market position provides us with numerous strategic advantages, including enhanced economies of scale, extensive provider networks in our core markets, strong relationships with state and local agencies and the ability to provide a broad range of government-sponsored healthcare programs.

      Diversified Government Healthcare Programs. We offer managed care services for a diversified range of government programs, including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare. This approach helps reduce the impact of rate reductions or other adverse changes affecting any one of these programs. We believe that our experience in serving a broad range of enrollees in Medicaid, Medicare and related programs positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities within the market for government-sponsored healthcare programs.

      Centralized and Scalable Operations. We have centralized our medical management programs, claims processing, member services, information technology, regulatory compliance and pharmacy benefits programs. Centralizing these functions and operating on a single platform permit management to better assess and control medical costs. Our administrative and information services have been designed to be scalable to accommodate growth, while allowing targeted marketing and provider services tailored to local markets.

      Strong Relationships with Government Agencies. We work closely with the government agencies that regulate us to develop the products and services that we offer. Our relationships with these government agencies enable us to deliver high-quality, affordable healthcare services to our members and create cost saving opportunities for the states in which we operate, many of which currently are facing budgetary pressures. By demonstrating our ability to provide quality, cost-effective services, we believe government agencies will remain committed to the growth of managed care as a means to control rising healthcare expenditures.

      Partnerships with Providers. We seek to enter into mutually beneficial arrangements with our providers, which help them to develop their practices. We provide quality service and strive to be a low hassle partner in developing and maintaining strong relationships with our providers. As a result of this approach, we have established a broad provider network that includes over 21,000 physicians and specialists and approximately 370 hospitals.

      Integrated Medical Management. We employ a coordinated, integrated approach to medical management in order to provide appropriate care to our members, contain costs and ensure an efficient delivery network. Our focus is to ensure that members receive the appropriate care in a timely manner and in the appropriate healthcare delivery setting. Key elements of our medical management strategy include a focus on preventative care, careful management of outpatient, inpatient and other services and case and disease management. We believe that this approach allows us to improve medical outcomes for our members, resulting in cost savings for the states in which we operate.

Our Growth Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of managed care services for government-sponsored healthcare programs. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

  expand our Medicaid business within existing markets;
 
  leverage our established Medicaid businesses to develop Medicare plans; and
 
  enter new markets through internal growth and acquisitions.

2



Table of Contents

Additional Considerations

      We arrange for the delivery of healthcare services through a limited number of contracts with government agencies, and any termination of, or failure to renew, our existing government contracts could materially reduce our revenues and profitability. Because the premiums we receive are established by contract, our profitability depends in large part on our ability to predict and effectively manage the costs of healthcare services delivered to our members. In addition, our operating results depend significantly on Medicaid and Medicare program funding, premium levels, eligibility standards, reimbursement levels and other regulatory requirements established by the federal government and the governments of the states in which we operate. We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could adversely affect our operating results. Our operating results are also heavily dependent on the continued profitability of our operations in Florida, which account for a significant portion of our revenues. For a discussion of these and other risks relating to our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.

Our Company

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. In July 2002, we completed the acquisition of our current businesses through two concurrent transactions. In the first, we acquired our Florida operations, including our WellCare of Florida and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from several individuals. In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, through a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Operations — Corporate History and WellCare Acquisitions.”

      From inception to July 2004, we operated through a holding company that was a limited liability company. In July 2004, immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering, that company was merged into a Delaware corporation and we changed our name to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

      Our principal executive offices are located at 8725 Henderson Road, Renaissance One, Tampa, Florida 33634, and our telephone number is (813) 290-6200. Our website is www.wellcare.com. Information contained on our website or links to our website do not constitute a part of this prospectus.

      References in this prospectus to “WellCare,” “we,” “our” and “us,” for periods prior to July 2004, refer to WellCare Holdings LLC, and after July 2004, refer to WellCare Health Plans, Inc., together in each case with our subsidiaries and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise.

      The WellCare trademark and design appearing on the front cover of this prospectus are registered trademarks of The WellCare Management Group, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

3



Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by us 1,500,000 shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders 6,000,000 shares
 
Over-allotment option offered by a selling stockholder 1,125,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 38,589,080 shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to provide additional long-term capital to support the growth of our business, which may include select acquisitions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
New York Stock Exchange symbol WCG


      Except as otherwise noted, the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

  •   2,406,634 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which 332,437 shares were exercisable as of December 16, 2004;
 
  3,861,466 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our equity incentive plan; and
 
  387,714 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

      Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus is based on the assumption that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

4



Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our summary financial data. This information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the sale by us of 1,500,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $32.00 per share, less the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. WellCare, as it existed prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, is referred to as “Predecessor.” WellCare, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as “Successor.”

                                                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Nine Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended September 30,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income (Loss):
                                                               
 
Revenues:
                                                               
 
Premium:
                                                               
 
 
Medicaid
  $ 152,543     $ 272,497     $ 451,210     $ 329,164     $ 267,911     $ 740,078     $ 537,710     $ 746,704  
 
 
Medicare
    27,212       72,992       233,626       170,073       120,814       288,330       213,329       247,772  
 
 
Other(1)
    84,299       80,430       55,027       17,976       9,928       14,444       12,644       1,139  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
Total premium
    264,054       425,919       739,863       517,213       398,653       1,042,852       763,683       995,615  
 
Investment and other income
    10,592       5,548       10,421       2,819       3,152       3,130       2,578       2,296  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total revenues
    274,646       431,467       750,284       520,032       401,805       1,045,982       766,261       997,911  
 
Expenses:
                                                               
 
Medical benefits:
                                                               
 
 
Medicaid
    115,046       202,876       364,293       274,672       222,007       609,233       440,531       609,860  
 
 
Medicare
    25,727       78,542       219,505       145,768       107,384       238,933       180,274       202,979  
 
 
Other(2)
    90,138       86,818       53,708       14,484       12,372       12,887       12,747       (883 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
Total medical benefits
    230,911       368,236       637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053       633,552       811,956  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    35,201       70,050       86,279       54,492       45,384       126,106       87,120       122,076  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    2,171       1,913       2,234       1,239       3,734       8,159       6,294       5,601  
 
Interest
    6,126       1,785       2,860       1,446       1,462       10,172       6,451       7,026  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total expenses
    274,409       441,984       728,879       492,101       392,343       1,005,490       733,417       946,659  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    237       (10,517 )     21,405       27,931       9,462       40,492       32,844       51,252  
 
Income tax expense(3)
                            4,805       16,955       15,221       19,701  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 237     $ (10,517 )   $ 21,405     $ 27,931     $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 17,623     $ 31,551  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income per share:
                                                               
 
 
Net income per share — basic
                                                          $ 1.18  
 
 
Net income per share — diluted
                                                          $ 1.07  
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
                                                               
 
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
                                  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.49          
 
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
                                  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.46          
 
Pro forma net income per common share:(4)
                                                               
 
 
Basic
                                          $ 0.82     $ 0.81          
 
 
Diluted
                                          $ 0.73     $ 0.76          
 
Pro forma common shares outstanding:(4)
                                                               
 
 
Basic
                                            21,466,300       21,723,594          
 
 
Diluted
                                            23,937,664       23,279,451          

5



Table of Contents

                                                           
As of
As of December 31, September 30,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







Operating Statistics:
                                                       
 
Medical benefits ratio—consolidated(5)
    87.4%       86.5%       86.2%       84.8%       82.6%       83.0%       81.6%  
 
Medical benefits ratio—Medicaid(5)
    75.4%       74.5%       80.7%       83.2%       82.3%       81.9%       81.7%  
 
Medical benefits ratio—Medicare(5)
    94.5%       107.6%       94.0%       87.0%       82.9%       84.5%       81.9%  
 
Medical benefit ratio—other(5)
    106.9%       107.9%       97.6%       96.2%       89.2%       100.8%       (77.5% )
 
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio(6)
    12.8%       16.2%       11.5%       10.8%       12.1%       11.4%       12.2%  
 
Members—consolidated
    157,000       317,000       374,000       470,000       555,000       498,000       734,000  
 
Members—Medicaid
    106,000       256,000       323,000       420,000       512,000       454,000       690,000  
 
Members—Medicare
    5,000       20,000       35,000       42,000       42,000       42,000       44,000  
 
Members—commercial
    46,000       41,000       16,000       8,000       1,000       2,000        
                                                           
As of
As of December 31, September 30, 2004


As
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Actual Adjusted(7)







(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 35,658     $ 107,730     $ 129,791     $ 146,784     $ 237,321     $ 265,425     $ 310,309  
 
Total assets
    75,765       173,007       221,456       409,504       497,107       729,486       774,370  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities)(8)
    6,370       1,174       154       156,295       135,755       184,600       184,600  
 
Total liabilities
    82,449       180,186       199,411       334,587       397,530       484,024       484,024  
 
Total stockholders’/members equity (deficit)(9)
    (6,684 )     (7,179 )     22,045       74,917       99,577       245,462       290,346  


(1)  Other premium revenue relates to our commercial business, which is no longer operated.
 
(2)  Other medical benefits relates to our commercial business, which is no longer operated.
 
(3)  Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42% (our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990, and $11,731, respectively.
 
(4)  Pro forma net income per share is computed using the pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, which gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding common units of WellCare Holdings, LLC into shares of common stock of WellCare Health Plans, Inc. upon the closing of our initial public offering. For a discussion of the difference between pro forma net income per common share and net income attributable per common unit, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements of WellCare Holdings, LLC.
 
(5)  Medical benefits ratio represents medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
 
(6)  Selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
 
(7)  The adjusted balance sheet data reflect the estimated net proceeds to be received by us from this offering.
 
(8)  Long-term debt (including current maturities) at September 30, 2004 includes total short and long-term debt of $183,861 plus the unamortized portion of the discount on the term loan of $739.
 
(9)  Total stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit) reflects stockholders’ equity for Predecessor and for Successor as of September 30, 2004 (actual and as adjusted) and reflects limited liability company membership interests during 2002 and 2003.

6



Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, the value of our stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

If our government contracts are not renewed or are terminated, our business could be substantially impaired.

      We provide our Medicaid, Medicare, SCHIP and other services through a limited number of contracts with state, federal or local government agencies. These contracts generally have terms of one or two years and are subject to nonrenewal by the applicable agency. All of our government contracts are terminable for cause if we breach a material provision of the contract or violate relevant laws or regulations. In addition, our right to add new members may be suspended by a government agency if it finds deficiencies in our provider network or operations. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the percentage of our total premium revenue that we derived from our Medicaid contracts in Florida, New York and Connecticut was 59%, 9% and 4%, respectively; the percentage derived from our Medicare contracts was 27%, which was primarily derived from our Florida Medicare business; and the remainder is from our commercial and other contracts. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, the percentage of total premium revenue derived from our Medicaid contracts in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana was 56%, 9%, 4%, 3% and 2%, respectively; the percentage derived from our Medicare contracts was 25%, with the remaining 1% of premium revenue coming from our commercial and other contracts. We no longer operate a commercial line of business.

      Our contracts with the states are subject to cancellation or a potential freeze on enrollment by the state in the event of the unavailability of state or federal funding. In some jurisdictions, a cancellation or enrollment freeze may be immediate and in other jurisdictions a notice period is required. Some of our contracts are also subject to termination or are eligible for renewal through annual competitive bids. We may face increased competition as other plans attempt to enter our markets through the contracting process.

      If we are unable to renew, or to successfully rebid or compete for any of our government contracts, or if any of our contracts are terminated, our business could be substantially impaired. If any of those circumstances were to occur, we would likely pursue one or more alternatives, including seeking to enter into contracts in other geographic markets, seeking to enter into contracts for other services in our existing markets, or seeking to acquire other businesses with existing government contracts. If we were unable to do so, we could be forced to cease conducting business. In any such event, our revenues would decrease materially.

Because our premiums, which generate most of our revenues, are fixed by contract, we are unable to increase our premiums during the contract term if our corresponding medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates.

      Most of our revenues are generated by premiums consisting of fixed monthly payments per member. These payments are fixed by contract, and we are obligated during the contract period, which is generally one or two years, to provide or arrange for the provision of healthcare services as established by state and federal governments. We have less control over costs related to the provision of healthcare services than we do over our selling, general and administrative expense. Historically, our medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue has fluctuated. For example, our medical benefits expense was 84.8% of our combined premium revenue in 2002, 82.6% in 2003 and 81.6% for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004. If our medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates, we will be unable to adjust the premiums we receive under our current contracts, and our profits may decline.

7



Table of Contents

Reductions in funding for government healthcare programs could substantially reduce our profitability.

      All of the healthcare services we offer are through government-sponsored programs, such as Medicaid and Medicare. As a result, our profitability is dependent, in large part, on continued funding for government healthcare programs at or above current levels. For example, the premium rates paid by each state to health plans like ours differ depending on a combination of factors such as upper payment limits established by the state and federal governments, a member’s health status, age, gender, county or region, benefit mix and member eligibility categories. Future Medicaid premium rate levels may be affected by continued government efforts to contain medical costs or state and federal budgetary constraints. Many of the states in which we operate are currently experiencing fiscal challenges leading to significant budget deficits. According to the National Association of State Budget Officers, Medicaid spending consumed 21.4% of the average state’s budget in 2003, representing the second largest expenditure. According to the Congressional Budget Office, total state spending on Medicaid is expected to reach $127 billion in 2004, representing a 10.5% annual increase from 2002. Some states may find it difficult to continue paying the current rates to Medicaid health plans. Changes in Medicaid funding, for example, may lead to reductions in the number of persons enrolled in or eligible for Medicaid, reductions in the amount of reimbursement or elimination of coverage for certain benefits such as pharmacy, behavioral health or other benefits. In some cases, changes in funding could be made retroactive. All of the states in which we operate are presently considering, or recently have considered, legislation or regulations that would reduce reimbursement rates, payment levels, benefits covered or the number of persons eligible for Medicaid. Reductions in Medicaid payments could reduce our profitability if we are unable to reduce our expenses. Similarly, reductions in payments under Medicare or the other programs under which we offer health plans could likewise reduce our profitability.

      Federal budgetary constraints also may limit premiums payable under our Medicare plans. For example, as a result of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, annual increases on premiums paid to many Medicare+Choice (now known as Medicare Advantage) plans were subject to a 2% cap, even though overall Medicare healthcare expenses were increasing at a higher rate. Moreover, recent changes in Medicare pursuant to the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 permit premium levels for certain plans to be established through competitive bidding, with Congress retaining the ability to limit increases in premium levels established through bidding from year to year.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could reduce our revenues and profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating results.

      Our business is extensively regulated by the federal government and the states in which we operate. The laws and regulations governing our operations are generally intended to benefit and protect health plan members and providers rather than stockholders. The government agencies administering these laws and regulations have broad latitude to enforce them. These laws and regulations, along with the terms of our government contracts, regulate how we do business, what services we offer, and how we interact with our members, providers and the public. We are subject, on an ongoing basis, to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with our contracts and applicable laws and regulations. An adverse review, audit or investigation could result in one or more of the following:

  forfeiture of amounts we have been paid pursuant to our government contracts;
 
  imposition of significant civil or criminal penalties, fines or other sanctions on us;
 
  loss of our right to participate in government-sponsored programs, including Medicaid and Medicare;
 
  damage to our reputation in various markets;
 
  increased difficulty in marketing our products and services;
 
  inability to obtain approval for future service or geographic expansion; and
 
  loss of one or more of our licenses to act as an insurer, health maintenance organization or third party administrator or to otherwise provide a service.

8



Table of Contents

      Any of these events could reduce our revenues and profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating results. See “— Restrictions on our ability to market would adversely affect our revenue.”

If we are unable to manage medical benefits expense effectively, our profitability will likely be reduced or we could cease to be profitable.

      Our profitability depends, to a significant degree, on our ability to predict and effectively manage our costs related to the provision of healthcare services. Relatively small changes in the ratio of our expenses related to healthcare services to the premiums we receive, or medical benefits ratio, can create significant changes in our financial results. Factors that may cause medical benefits expense to exceed our estimates include:

  an increase in the cost of healthcare services and supplies, including pharmaceuticals, whether as a result of inflation or otherwise;
 
  higher than expected utilization of healthcare services;
 
  periodic renegotiation of hospital, physician and other provider contracts;
 
  the occurrence of catastrophes, major epidemics, terrorism or bio-terrorism;
 
  changes in the demographics of our members and medical trends affecting them; and
 
  new mandated benefits or other changes in healthcare laws, regulations and/or practices.

      Because of the relatively high average age of the Medicare population, medical benefits expense for our Medicare plans may be particularly difficult to control. According to CMS, from 1967 to 2002, Medicare healthcare expenses nationwide increased on average by 13.2% annually.

      Although we have been able to manage our medical benefits expense through a variety of techniques, including various payment methods to primary care physicians and other providers, advance approval for hospital services and referral requirements, medical management and quality management programs, upgraded information systems, and reinsurance arrangements, we may not be able to continue to manage these expenses effectively in the future. If our medical benefits expense increases, our profits could be reduced or we may not remain profitable. For example, a hypothetical 1% increase in our medical benefits ratio would have reduced our earnings before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004 by $10.4 million and $10.0 million, respectively. The medical benefits ratio represents our medical benefits expense as a percentage of our premium revenue.

      We maintain reinsurance to protect us against severe or catastrophic medical claims, but we cannot assure you that such reinsurance coverage currently is or will be adequate or available to us in the future or that the cost of such reinsurance will not limit our ability to obtain it.

A failure to estimate incurred but not reported medical benefits expense accurately will affect our profitability.

      Our medical benefits expense includes estimates of medical claims incurred but not reported, or IBNR. We, together with our internal and consulting actuaries, estimate our medical cost liabilities using actuarial methods based on historical data adjusted for payment patterns, cost trends, product mix, seasonality, utilization of healthcare services and other relevant factors. Actual conditions, however, could differ from those assumed in the estimation process. Due to the uncertainties associated with the factors used in these assumptions, materially different amounts could be reported in our financial statements for a particular period under different conditions or using different assumptions. Adjustments, if necessary, are made to medical benefits expense when the criteria used to determine IBNR change and when actual claim costs are ultimately determined. Although our estimates of IBNR have been adequate since our acquisition of the WellCare businesses, they may be inadequate in the future, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Further, our inability to estimate IBNR accurately may also affect our ability to take timely corrective actions, further exacerbating the extent of any adverse effect on our results.

9



Table of Contents

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues and profits from operations in Florida, and legislative or regulatory actions, economic conditions or other factors that adversely affect those operations could materially reduce our revenues and profits.

      For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, our Florida health plans accounted for 86.0% and 80.7%, respectively, of our total premium revenues. If we are unable to continue to operate in Florida, or if our current operations in any portion of Florida are significantly curtailed, our revenues will decrease materially. Our reliance on our operations in Florida could cause our revenues and profitability to change suddenly and unexpectedly, depending on legislative or regulatory actions, economic conditions and similar factors. For example, Florida has recently tightened the re-certification requirements for members enrolled in its Healthy Kids SCHIP program, making it more difficult for members to remain in the program. When these actions become effective, which we expect will occur in December 2004, it is likely that our membership in this program will decline. In addition, our significant market share in Florida may make it more difficult for us to expand our membership in Florida. Our inability to continue to operate in Florida, or a decrease in the revenues of our Florida operations, would harm our overall operating results.

Our limited operating history as a stand-alone entity makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult.

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our Florida operations had operated as a closely-held business, and our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as subsidiaries of a public company, the majority stockholders of which were the owners of the Florida operations. Almost all of the senior members of our current management have joined us recently, including Todd S. Farha, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Our limited operating history under current management may not be adequate to enable you to fully assess our future prospects.

We may not be able to sustain our high rates of historic growth.

      From December 31, 1999 to December 31, 2003, our membership grew at an average annual rate of 37%, and from September 30, 2003 to September 30, 2004, our membership grew by 47%, of which approximately 26% represented organic growth. An important aspect of our strategy is continued growth in our existing markets. We may not be able to sustain our high historical growth rates, which would impair our ability to implement this strategy. For example, we already have a large share of the Medicaid managed care market in Florida, and the Florida Medicaid market is highly penetrated. These factors may limit our ability to continue to increase our membership in Florida, which is our largest market. If we are unable to continue to increase our membership in the states in which we currently operate, we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy.

We may not be able to realize the benefits we anticipate from the acquisition of Harmony Health Systems.

      As a result of our acquisition of Harmony, we face significant challenges in integrating organizations, operations, technology and services in a timely and efficient manner and in retaining key personnel. Cost savings, revenue growth and other anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not materialize. The acquisition may result in a diversion of our management’s attention, loss of management-level and other key employees of Harmony, and an inability to integrate management, systems and operations, in particular because Harmony does not currently operate on our Perot Systems’ Diamond 950 claims-processing software. The failure to integrate WellCare and Harmony successfully and to manage the challenges presented by the integration process may result in our not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

10



Table of Contents

We may be unsuccessful in implementing our growth strategy if we are unable to make or finance other acquisitions on favorable terms or integrate the businesses we acquire into our existing operations.

      Acquisitions of contract rights and other health plans are an important element of our growth strategy. We may be unable to identify and complete appropriate acquisitions rapidly enough, if at all, to meet our or our investors’ expectations for future growth. For example, many of the other potential purchasers of contract rights and plans have greater financial resources than we have. In addition, we are generally required to obtain regulatory approval from one or more state agencies when making acquisitions, which may require a public hearing. This is the case regardless of whether we already operate a plan in the state in which the business to be acquired is located. We may be unable to comply with these regulatory requirements for an acquisition in a timely manner, or at all. Moreover, some sellers may insist on selling assets that we do not want, such as commercial lines of business, or transferring their liabilities to us as part of the sale of their companies or assets. Even if we identify suitable acquisition targets, we may be unable to complete acquisitions or obtain the necessary financing for these acquisitions on terms favorable to us, or at all. The market price of Medicaid plans has generally increased recently, which may increase the amount we are required to pay to complete acquisitions.

      Further, to the extent we complete acquisitions, we may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits from acquisitions because of operational factors or difficulties in integrating the acquisitions with our existing businesses. This may include the integration of:

  additional employees, whom we refer to as associates, who are not familiar with our operations;
 
  new provider networks, which may operate on terms different from our existing networks;
 
  additional members, who may decide to transfer to other healthcare providers or health plans;
 
  disparate information, claims processing and record keeping systems; and
 
  accounting policies, including those which require a high degree of judgment or complex estimation processes, such as estimates of medical claims incurred but not reported, accounting for goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income tax matters.

For all of the above reasons, we may not be able to successfully implement our acquisition strategy.

We may be unable to expand into some geographic areas without incurring significant additional costs.

      We are likely to incur additional costs if we enter states or counties where we do not currently operate. Our rate of expansion into other geographic areas may also be inhibited by:

  the time and costs associated with obtaining a health maintenance organization license to operate in the new area or the expansion of our licensed service area, if necessary;
 
  our inability to develop a network of physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers that meets our requirements and those of government regulators;
 
  competition, which increases the costs of recruiting members;
 
  the cost of providing healthcare services in those areas; and
 
  demographics and population density.

      Accordingly, we may be unsuccessful in entering other metropolitan areas, counties or states.

Ineffective management of our growth may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and business.

      Depending on acquisition and other opportunities, we expect to continue to increase our membership and to expand into other markets. In 1999, we had total revenue of approximately $275 million. In 2003, we had total revenue of more than $1.0 billion, and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, our total revenue exceeded $997 million. Continued rapid growth could place a significant strain on our management

11



Table of Contents

and on other resources. Our ability to manage our growth may depend on our ability to strengthen our management team and attract, train and retain skilled associates, and our ability to implement and improve operational, financial and management information systems on a timely basis. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, due to the initial substantial costs related to potential acquisitions, rapid growth could adversely affect our short-term profitability and liquidity.

The new Medicare legislation makes changes to the Medicare program that could reduce our profitability and increase competition for our existing and prospective members.

      On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003. This legislation makes significant changes to the Medicare program and is complex and wide-ranging. There are numerous provisions in the legislation that will influence our Medicare business. CMS has issued proposed regulations for comment under Titles I (prescription drug benefits) and II (Medicare Advantage Program) of the Act. Until the final regulations are released, it is difficult to predict the extent to which our business will be affected. We believe that many of these changes will benefit the managed care sector. However, the new bidding process for determining rates, expanded benefits and shifts in certain coverage responsibilities pursuant to the Act may increase competition and create uncertainties, including the following:

  The Act increases reimbursement for Medicare Advantage plans, formerly known as Medicare+Choice, in 2004 and 2005. Higher reimbursement rates may increase the number of plans that participate in the program, creating new competition that could adversely affect our profitability.
 
  Beginning in 2006, plans may offer various products, including Preferred Provider Organizations, or PPOs, pursuant to the Act. Medicare PPOs would allow their members more flexibility to select physicians than the current plans, such as HMOs, which often require members to coordinate with a primary care physician. The Act requires the Secretary of Health and Human Services to create between 10 and 50 regions for the Medicare PPO program. Regional Medicare PPO plans will compete with local Medicare Advantage HMO plans and may affect our current Medicare Advantage business. We do not know whether the regions will be constructed in a way that will create obstacles or opportunities for us to participate in the program. We also do not know how the creation of the regional Medicare program, which is intended to provide further choice to beneficiaries, will affect our Medicare Advantage business.
 
  In order to participate in the regional Medicare Advantage PPO program under the Act, a plan must meet certain requirements, including having an adequate provider network throughout the region. The Act provides some incentives for certain hospitals to join the network. However, we do not know whether we will be able to contract with a sufficient number of providers throughout our regions to satisfy the network adequacy requirements under the Act that would enable us to participate in the regional product.
 
  Beginning in 2006, the payments for the local Medicare Advantage and regional Medicare Advantage plans will be based on a competitive bidding process that may decrease the amount of premiums paid to us or cause us to increase the benefits we offer.
 
  •   Beginning in 2006, organizations that offer Medicare Advantage plans of the type we currently offer will be required to offer prescription drug benefits. It is not known at this time whether the governmental payments will be adequate to cover the costs for this benefit. In addition, most Medicare Advantage enrollees will be required to obtain their drug benefit from their Medicare Advantage plan. Enrollees may prefer a stand-alone drug plan and may disenroll from the Medicare Advantage plan altogether in order to participate in another drug plan. Accordingly, the new prescription drug benefit could reduce our profitability and membership enrollment following its implementation in 2006.
 
  Some enrollees may have chosen our Medicare Advantage plan in the past rather than a Medicare fee-for-service plan because of the added drug benefit that we offer with our Medicare Advantage plan. Following the implementation of the new prescription drug benefit, Medicare beneficiaries will

12



Table of Contents

  have the opportunity to obtain a drug benefit without joining a managed care plan. As a result, our membership enrollment may decline.
 
  Beginning in 2006, individuals eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid, or dual-eligibles, will generally receive their drug coverage from Medicare rather than from Medicaid. Because Medicaid will no longer be directly responsible for most drug coverage for dual-eligibles, Medicaid payments to plans will be reduced. We cannot predict whether this change in Medicaid payments will have an adverse effect on our operating results.

We may be unsuccessful in implementing our growth strategy if we are unable to meet submission and approval deadlines imposed by CMS.

      CMS has imposed rigorous deadlines for the filing of applications that are important to support our growth strategy. These applications must be filed with CMS in order for us to offer a new plan in a new location, or to expand an existing plan into additional service areas. In order for any such application to be effective in 2005, it must be submitted to CMS by February 15, 2005 for opening a new plan, or by March 1, 2005 for expansion of an existing plan into additional service areas. In order for any such application to be effective by January 2006, it also must be submitted to CMS by late winter or early spring 2005. In addition, to be effective in 2005 or 2006, any such application must be approved by CMS by June 2005. If an application is not approved by the June 2005 deadline, then any approval would not be effective before 2007, or in the case of new local (as opposed to regional) PPO plans, 2008. As a result, we must devote extensive resources to preparing and timely filing applications, and we cannot be sure that any applications we submit will be approved by the deadline imposed by CMS. If we are unable to submit these applications by the applicable deadlines, or if CMS does not approve our applications by the June 2005 deadline, we may be unsuccessful in implementing our growth strategy. In addition, CMS has imposed an annual deadline of the first Monday of each June for submission of competitive bid proposals for participation in the Medicare Advantage program beginning in the following year, and may impose an even earlier deadline for submission of some portions of the bid, and our failure to submit those proposals on time could prevent our continued participation in the Medicare Advantage program, which could materially affect our revenues and profits.

Changes, other than the new Medicare legislation, in federal funding mechanisms also could reduce our profitability.

      In addition to changes pursuant to the new Medicare legislation, other changes in federal funding mechanisms could reduce our profitability. For example, as a part of the administration’s 2004 budget submission to Congress, the Department of Health and Human Services announced principles for Medicaid reform. The proposal would establish two capped allotments for states combining both Medicaid and SCHIP funds, one for acute care and one for long-term care. Under this proposal, all mandatory populations and benefits would continue to be covered as required under current law. States, however, would be given flexibility for optional populations and benefits. The proposal would be revenue neutral over a 10-year period, although states would receive additional funds over the first seven years, with corresponding funding reductions in years eight through 10.

      The proposal was meant to provide increased flexibility to the states in managing their Medicaid and SCHIP programs, in particular in the design of benefit packages for optional populations. Governors working in concert with the Department of Health and Human Services were unable to reach agreement on these principles and for the time being, Congress has not considered the proposal. It is uncertain whether this proposal, or a variation thereof, will eventually be enacted. Congress instead passed a $20.0 billion fiscal relief program for the states, which included a $10.0 billion increase in the share of medical assistance expenditures provided to each state’s Medicaid program, known as the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage.

      If the Department’s proposal is ultimately enacted by Congress and the number of persons enrolled in Medicaid or SCHIP decreases in the states in which we operate or the scope of benefits provided is reduced, or expanded without a corresponding increase in payments made to us, our growth, revenues and profitability could be reduced.

13



Table of Contents

We are required to comply with laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information, and we have not yet determined what our total compliance costs will be.

      Regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, requires us to comply with standards for the exchange of health information within our company and with third parties, such as healthcare providers, business associates, and our members. These include standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, unique identifiers for providers and employers, security, privacy and enforcement.

      The Department of Health and Human Services finalized the transaction standards on August 17, 2000. While we initially were required to comply with them by October 16, 2002, Congress passed legislation in December 2001 that delayed the compliance date until October 16, 2003, but only for entities that submitted a compliance plan by the original implementation deadline, which we did. On February 20, 2003, the Department published certain modifications to the final transaction standards, but these changes did not affect the October 16, 2003 compliance deadline. In July 2003, CMS urged the adoption of “contingency plans” to help prevent disruptions in the healthcare payment system. In response, we adopted a contingency plan, pursuant to which we continue to process HIPAA standard transactions and also engage in legacy transactions as appropriate. The Department issued the privacy standards on December 28, 2000, and after certain delays, they became effective on April 14, 2001, with a compliance date of April 14, 2003. Sanctions for failing to comply with the HIPAA health information practices provisions include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. The security standards became effective April 21, 2003, with a compliance date of April 21, 2005 for most covered entities.

      HIPAA also provides that to the extent that state laws impose stricter privacy standards than HIPAA privacy regulations, a state seeks and receives an exception from the Department of Health and Human Services regarding certain state laws or state laws concern certain specified areas, such state standards and laws will not be preempted. The states’ ability to promulgate stricter rules, and uncertainty regarding many aspects of the regulations, make compliance with the relatively new regulatory regime difficult and more expensive.

      We believe we have or will have met the HIPAA deadlines for the adoption and implementation of appropriate policies and procedures. However, given its complexity, the recent adoption of several final regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and may be subject to changing and perhaps conflicting interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA requirements is uncertain. Moreover, due to the evolving nature of the HIPAA requirements we have not yet determined what our total compliance costs will be.

Future changes in healthcare law may reduce our profitability or liquidity.

      Healthcare laws and regulations, and their interpretations, are subject to frequent change. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, or the enactment of new laws or the issuance of new regulations could reduce our profitability, among other things, by:

  imposing additional license, registration and/or capital requirements;
 
  increasing our administrative and other costs;
 
  forcing us to undergo a corporate restructuring;
 
  increasing mandated benefits;
 
  forcing us to restructure our relationships with providers; or
 
  requiring us to implement additional or different programs and systems.

      Changes in state law also may adversely affect our profitability. Laws relating to managed care consumer protection standards, including increased plan information disclosure, limits to premium increases, expedited appeals and grievance procedures, third party review of certain medical decisions, health plan liability, access to specialists, clean claim payment timing, physician collective bargaining rights and confidentiality of medical records either have been enacted or continue to be under discussion. New healthcare reform legislation may

14



Table of Contents

require us to change the way we operate our business, which may be costly. Further, although we believe we have exercised care in structuring our operations to attempt to comply in all material respects with the laws and regulations applicable to us, government officials charged with responsibility for enforcing such laws and/or regulations have in the past asserted and may in the future assert that we or transactions in which we are involved are in violation of these laws, or courts may ultimately interpret such laws in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation. Therefore, it is possible that future legislation and regulation and the interpretation of laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate under the Medicaid, Medicare and SCHIP programs and to continue to serve our members and attract new members.

      The statutory framework for our regulated subsidiaries’ statutory net worth or reserve requirements may change over time. For instance, New York has proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements. Other states may elect to adopt risk-based capital requirements based on guidelines adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Currently, our operations in Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana are subject to these requirements. Our subsidiaries are also subject to their state regulators’ general oversight powers. Regardless of whether they adopt the risk-based capital requirements, these state regulators can require our subsidiaries to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth in excess of amounts required under the applicable state laws if they determine that maintaining such additional statutory net worth is in the best interests of our members. The proposed increase in reserve requirements to which our New York managed care plan would be subject would materially increase our reserve requirements in New York. If our subsidiaries are required to maintain higher levels of statutory net worth due to the adoption of the risk-based capital requirements by the states in which we operate, or because state regulators otherwise deem this to be in the best interests of our members, our liquidity could be materially reduced, which could harm our ability to implement our business strategy, for example by hindering our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facilities.

Restrictions on our ability to market would adversely affect our revenue.

      Although we enroll some of our new members through auto enrollment programs and voluntary member enrollment, we rely on our marketing and sales efforts for a significant portion of our membership growth. All of the states in which we currently operate permit marketing but impose strict requirements and limitations as to the types of marketing activities that are permitted. In Florida and New York, other plans have been prohibited from engaging in marketing activities for a period of time after being found to have violated the state’s requirements. While no such action is currently pending or threatened by the State of Florida against us, from time to time we have been cited, and in some cases fined, for alleged marketing violations. Until recently, our New York Medicare business was prohibited from marketing as a result of past audits and regulatory deficiencies. In addition, the state of Connecticut recently imposed a prohibition of marketing on our Connecticut plan as the result of allegedly having engaged in a repeated practice of marketing violations. The state has since lifted the marketing prohibition after imposing a monetary fine and accepting our corrective action plan. In circumstances where our marketing efforts are prohibited or curtailed, our ability to increase or sustain membership will be significantly harmed, which will adversely affect our revenue.

Persistent operational deficiencies related to our New York business may adversely affect our operations or growth in New York.

      We inherited a number of operational deficiencies when we acquired our New York business, which resulted in a prohibition on marketing our Medicare program in New York. Although we have made investments in our New York business to address these deficiencies and are once again permitted to market our Medicare health plan in New York, we continue to experience problems related to these deficiencies, including gaps in our provider network. Moreover, government regulators, members and providers, and potential members and providers, may have a negative perception of our New York health plans as a result of these operational deficiencies. These issues may result in continued heightened scrutiny by federal, state

15



Table of Contents

and/or county and city regulators and may adversely affect the operations or growth of our business in New York.

If we are unable to maintain satisfactory relationships with our providers, our profitability could decline and we may be precluded from operating in some markets.

      Our profitability depends, in large part, upon our ability to enter into cost-effective contracts with hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers in appropriate numbers in our geographic markets and at convenient locations for our members. In any particular market, however, providers could refuse to contract, demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical benefits expense. In some markets, certain providers, particularly hospitals, physician/hospital organizations or multi-specialty physician groups, may have significant market positions or near monopolies. If such a provider or any of our other providers refuse to contract with us, use their market position to negotiate contracts that might not be cost-effective or otherwise place us at a competitive disadvantage, those activities could adversely affect our operating results in that market area. In the long term, our ability to contract successfully with a sufficiently large number of providers in a particular geographic market will affect the relative attractiveness of our managed care products in that market and could preclude us from renewing our Medicaid or Medicare contracts in those markets or from entering into new markets.

      Our provider contracts with network primary care physicians and specialists generally have terms of one year, with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms. We may terminate these contracts for cause, based on provider conduct or other appropriate reasons, subject to laws giving providers due process rights. The contracts generally may be cancelled by either party without cause upon 60 or 90 days prior written notice. Our contracts with hospitals generally have terms of one to two years, with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms. We may terminate these contracts for cause, based on provider misconduct or other appropriate reasons. Our hospital contracts generally may be cancelled by either party without cause upon 120 days prior written notice. We may be unable to continue to renew such contracts or enter into new contracts enabling us to serve our members profitably. We will be required to establish acceptable provider networks prior to entering new markets. Although we have established long-term relationships with many of our network providers, we may be unable to maintain those relationships or enter into agreements with providers in new markets on a timely basis or under favorable terms. If we are unable to retain our current provider contracts or enter into new provider contracts timely or on favorable terms, our profitability could decline.

If a state fails to renew its federal waiver application for mandated Medicaid enrollment into managed care or such application is denied, our membership in that state will likely decrease.

      A significant percentage of our Medicaid plan enrollment results from mandatory Medicaid enrollment in managed care plans. States may only mandate Medicaid enrollment into managed care through CMS-approved plan amendments or under federal waivers or demonstrations. Waivers and programs under demonstrations are generally approved for two-year periods and can be renewed on an ongoing basis if the state applies and the waiver request is approved or renewed by CMS. We have no control over this renewal process. If a state in which we operate does not renew its mandated program or the federal government denies the state’s application for renewal, our business would suffer as a result of a likely decrease in membership.

We rely on the accuracy of eligibility lists provided by the government. Inaccuracies in those lists could reduce our revenues or profitability.

      Premium payments to us are based upon eligibility lists produced by the government. From time to time, states require us to reimburse them for premiums paid to us based on an eligibility list that a state later discovers contains individuals who are not in fact eligible for any government-sponsored program or are eligible for a different premium category or a different program. Recently, for example, we received a notice from the state of Florida concerning an audit of individuals who are eligible under both Medicare and Medicaid. The state contends that Medicare, rather than Medicaid, should have been the primary payor for these individuals, and is seeking recoupment of excess premiums allegedly paid in error. We are currently

16



Table of Contents

evaluating the financial impact to us. In other cases, a state could fail to pay us for members for whom we are entitled to payment. Our profitability would be reduced as a result of such reimbursement to the state or failure of payment from the state if we had made related payments to providers and were unable to recoup such payments from the providers. During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, premium payment adjustments by the government ranged from 0% to 3%, both negative and positive, of total premiums.

Our business depends on our information systems, and our inability to effectively integrate, manage and keep secure our information systems could disrupt our operations.

      Our business is dependent on effective and secure information systems that assist us in, among other things, monitoring utilization and other cost factors, supporting our healthcare management techniques, processing provider claims and providing data to our regulators. Our providers also depend upon our information systems for membership verifications, claims status and other information. If we experience a reduction in the performance, reliability or availability of our information systems, our operations and ability to produce timely and accurate reports could be adversely affected. In addition, many of our key software applications are licensed from third parties. If the owner of the software becomes insolvent or is otherwise unable to support the software, our operations could be adversely affected. Our operations could also be adversely affected if the software owner is unwilling to continue to support the software or charges materially increased fees for such support.

      Our disaster recovery plan was tested and implemented in May 2004. We will not have a fully implemented business continuity program until the end of 2005. Events outside our control, including acts of nature, such as hurricanes, earthquakes or fires, or terrorism, could significantly impair our information systems and applications.

      Our information systems and applications require continual maintenance, upgrading and enhancement to meet our operational needs. If we are unable to maintain or expand our systems, we could suffer from, among other things, operational disruptions, such as the inability to pay claims or to make claims payments on a timely basis, loss of members, difficulty in attracting new members, regulatory problems and increases in administrative expenses.

      Our business requires the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in compromises or breaches of our security systems and client data stored in our information systems. Anyone who circumvents our security measures could misappropriate our confidential information or cause interruptions in services or operations. The Internet is a public network, and data is sent over this network from many sources. In the past, computer viruses or software programs that disable or impair computers have been distributed and have rapidly spread over the Internet. Computer viruses could be introduced into our systems, or those of our providers or regulators, which could disrupt our operations, or make our systems inaccessible to our providers or regulators. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by breaches. Because of the confidential health information we store and transmit, security breaches could expose us to a risk of regulatory action, litigation, possible liability and loss. Our security measures may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business operations would be adversely affected by cancellation of contracts and loss of members if they are not prevented.

We may not have adequate intellectual property rights in our brand names for our health plans, and we may be unable to adequately enforce such rights.

      Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to market our health plans under our brand names, including “WellCare,” “HealthEase,” “Staywell” and “Harmony.” While we hold federal trademark registrations for the “WellCare” trademark, we have not taken enforcement action to prevent infringement of our federal trademark and have not secured registrations of our other marks. Other businesses may have prior rights in the brand names that we market under or in similar names, which could limit or prevent our ability to

17



Table of Contents

use these marks, or to prevent others from using similar marks. If we are unable to prevent others from using our brand names, or if others prohibit us from using them, our revenues could be adversely affected. Even if we are able to protect our intellectual property rights in such brands, we could incur significant costs in doing so.

We are subject to competition that may limit our ability to increase or maintain membership in the markets we serve.

      We operate in a highly competitive environment and in an industry that is currently subject to significant changes due to business consolidations, new strategic alliances and aggressive marketing practices by other managed care organizations. We compete for members principally on the basis of size, location and quality of provider network, benefits provided, quality of service and reputation. A number of these competitive elements are partially dependent upon and can be positively affected by financial resources available to a health plan. Many other organizations with which we compete have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. In addition, changes resulting from the new Medicare legislation may bring additional competitors into our market area. As a result, we may be unable to increase or maintain our membership.

We have substantial debt obligations that could restrict our operations.

      We have a significant amount of outstanding indebtedness, including $158.9 million in borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and $25.0 million in outstanding debt to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us. We have available borrowing capacity under our senior secured revolving credit facility of approximately $50.0 million. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our substantial indebtedness could have adverse consequences, including:

  increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, regulatory and industry conditions, and placing us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged;
 
  limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  limiting our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and
 
  exposing us to greater interest rate risk since the interest rate on borrowings under our senior credit facilities is variable.

      Our debt service obligations will require us to use a portion of our operating cash flow to pay interest and principal on indebtedness instead of for other corporate purposes, including funding future expansion of our business and ongoing capital expenditures. If our operating cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to service our debt obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. However, these measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.

Restrictions and covenants in our credit facilities and instruments governing our additional indebtedness may limit our ability to make certain acquisitions and declare dividends.

      The documents governing our senior secured credit facilities and our indebtedness to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us contain various restrictions and covenants, including prescribed fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures and acquisitions, that restrict our financial and operating flexibility, including our ability to make certain acquisitions and declare dividends without lender approval.

18



Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with covenants in our debt instruments could result in our indebtedness being immediately due and payable and the loss of our assets.

      Our indebtedness to the parties that sold our Florida operations to us is secured by a pledge of 51% of the outstanding capital stock of our subsidiary, WCG Health Management, Inc., which is the indirect parent corporation of all of our operating subsidiaries. Our credit facilities are similarly secured by a pledge of stock of our operating subsidiaries, as well as a pledge of substantially all of the assets of our non-regulated entities. If we fail to pay any of our indebtedness when due, or if we breach any of the other covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, one or more events of default, including cross-defaults among multiple portions of our indebtedness, could result. These events of default could permit our creditors to declare all amounts owing to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay indebtedness owed to our secured creditors, they could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness.

We are dependent on our executive officers and other key associates.

      Our operations are highly dependent on the efforts of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other senior executives. Although some of our executives have entered into employment agreements with us, these agreements may not provide sufficient incentives for those executives to continue their employment with us. While we believe that we could find replacements, the loss of their leadership, knowledge and experience could adversely affect our operations. Replacing many of our executive officers might be difficult or take an extended period of time because a limited number of individuals in the managed care industry have the breadth and depth of skills and experience necessary to operate and expand successfully a business such as ours. We do not currently maintain key-man life insurance on any of our executive officers other than our President and Chief Executive Officer, and such insurance may not be sufficient to cover the costs of recruiting and hiring a replacement Chief Executive Officer or the loss of his services. Our success is also dependent on our ability to hire and retain qualified management, technical and medical personnel. We may be unsuccessful in recruiting and retaining such personnel, which could adversely affect our operations.

Claims relating to medical malpractice and other litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses.

      Our providers involved in medical care decisions may be exposed to the risk of medical malpractice claims. A small percentage of these providers do not have malpractice insurance. Due to increased costs or inability to secure malpractice insurance, the percentage of physicians who do not have malpractice insurance may increase, particularly in Florida, our largest current source of revenue. Although our network providers are independent contractors, claimants sometimes allege that a managed care organization such as us should be held responsible for alleged provider malpractice, particularly where the provider does not have malpractice insurance, and some courts have permitted that theory of liability; however, the Florida legislature has enacted legislation that has partially limited liability of managed care organizations for provider malpractice. In addition, managed care organizations may be sued directly for alleged negligence, such as in connection with the credentialing of network providers or for alleged improper denials or delay of care. In addition, Congress and several states have considered or are considering legislation that would expressly permit managed care organizations to be held liable for negligent treatment decisions or benefits coverage determinations.

      From time to time, we are party to various other litigation matters, some of which seek monetary damages. We cannot predict with certainty the eventual outcome of any pending litigation or potential future litigation, and we might incur substantial expense in defending these or future lawsuits or indemnifying third parties with respect to the results of such litigation.

      We maintain errors and omissions insurance with a policy limit of $10 million and other insurance coverage and, in some cases, indemnification rights that we believe are adequate based on industry standards. However, potential liabilities may not be covered by insurance or indemnity, our insurers or indemnifying parties may dispute coverage or may be unable to meet their obligations, or the amount of our insurance or indemnification coverage may be inadequate. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future, or that insurance will continue to be available on a cost-effective basis, if at all. Moreover, even if claims brought against us are unsuccessful or without merit, we would have to defend

19



Table of Contents

ourselves against such claims. The defense of any such actions may be time-consuming and costly and may distract our management’s attention. As a result, we may incur significant expenses and may be unable to effectively operate our business.

Growth in the number of Medicaid eligibles may be counter-cyclical, which could adversely affect our operating results when general economic conditions are improving.

      The number of persons eligible to receive Medicaid benefits may grow more slowly or even decline if economic conditions continue to improve. Therefore, improvements in general economic conditions may cause our membership levels to decrease, thereby causing our operating results to suffer, which could lead to decreases in our stock price during periods in which stock prices in general are increasing.

Negative publicity regarding the managed care industry may harm our business and operating results.

      In the past, the managed care industry has received negative publicity. This publicity has led to increased legislation, regulation, review of industry practices and private litigation in the commercial sector. These factors may adversely affect our ability to market our services, require us to change our services and increase the regulatory burdens under which we operate, further increasing the costs of doing business and adversely affecting our operating results.

If state regulators do not approve payments of dividends and distributions by our affiliates to us, our liquidity could be materially impaired.

      We operate principally through our health plan subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that limit either the amount of dividends and distributions that they can pay to us or the amount of fees that may be paid to affiliates of our health plan subsidiaries without prior approval of, or notification to, state regulators. The discretion of the state regulators, if any, in approving or disapproving a dividend is not clearly defined. Health plans that declare non-extraordinary dividends must usually provide notice to the regulators in advance of the intended distribution date of a non-extraordinary dividend. The aggregate amounts our Florida health plan subsidiaries could have paid us at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 without approval of the regulatory authorities were $0, $2,215,000 and $568,000, respectively, assuming no dividends had been paid during the respective calendar years. No dividends were available to be paid from our New York and Connecticut health plan subsidiaries during those years. None of our health plan subsidiaries paid any dividends during 2001, 2002 or 2003. Moreover, the proposed increase in reserve requirements in New York may further hinder the ability of our New York managed care plan to pay dividends. If the regulators were to deny or significantly restrict our subsidiaries’ requests to pay dividends to us or to pay fees to the affiliates of our health plan subsidiaries, the funds available to our company as a whole would be limited, which could harm our ability to implement our business strategy. For example, we could be hindered in our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facilities.

Recently enacted changes in securities laws and regulations are likely to increase our costs.

      The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which became law in July 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in some of our corporate governance practices. In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has recently adopted revisions to its requirements for listed companies. We expect these new rules, and interpretations of these rules, to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some activities more difficult, time consuming and/or costly. We also expect these new rules to make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new rules could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and executive officers.

20



Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

Volatility of our stock price could adversely affect stockholders.

      The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly as a result of:

  state and federal budget decreases;
 
  adverse publicity regarding health maintenance organizations, other managed care organizations and health insurers in general;
 
  government action regarding eligibility;
 
  changes in government payment levels;
 
  changes in state mandatory programs;
 
  changes in expectations of our future financial performance or changes in financial estimates, if any, of public market analysts;
 
  announcements relating to our business or the business of our competitors;
 
  conditions generally affecting the managed care industry or our provider networks;
 
  the success of our operating or acquisition strategy;
 
  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
 
  the termination of any of our contracts;
 
  regulatory or legislative changes; and
 
  general economic conditions, including inflation and unemployment rates.

      Investors may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock following periods of volatility because of the market’s adverse reaction to that volatility. Our stock may not trade at the same levels as the stock of other healthcare companies, and the market in general may not sustain its current prices.

Future sales, or the availability for sale, of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

      In connection with this offering, we, along with our executive officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer any shares of common stock for 90 days after the date of the offering without the underwriters’ consent. However, the underwriters may release these shares from these restrictions at any time. In evaluating whether to grant such a request, the underwriters may consider a number of factors with a view toward maintaining an orderly market for, and minimizing volatility in the market price of, our common stock. These factors include, among others, the number of shares involved, recent trading volume and prices of the stock, the length of time before the lock-up expires and the reasons for, and the timing of, the request. In addition, in connection with our initial public offering, certain of our stockholders agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after June 30, 2004. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters in the initial public offering, has agreed to release some of these stockholders from those lock-up agreements upon the date of this prospectus, at which time approximately 77,777 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market. Upon the expiration on December 28, 2004 of the remaining lock-up agreements from our initial public offering, approximately 1,053,437 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares held by any stockholder or the availability of these shares for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.

      A total of approximately 19,802,641 shares of common stock may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 91 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. Additionally, as of December 16, 2004, we had outstanding options to purchase 2,406,634 shares of our common stock, of which 332,437 were vested, at a weighted average price of

21



Table of Contents

$4.69 per share. From time to time, we may issue additional options to associates, non-employee directors and consultants pursuant to our equity incentive plans. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our future ability to raise capital through offerings of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” below for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

We have broad discretion to spend the net proceeds of this offering and may spend the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

      Our business plan is general in nature and is subject to change based upon changing conditions and opportunities. Our management will retain broad discretion to expend a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine the use of these proceeds, our actual allocation of the proceeds may vary substantially from our current intentions. If management fails to use the proceeds effectively, our operating results could suffer. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more detailed description of how management intends to apply the proceeds from this offering.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

      Soros Private Equity Investors LP, or SPEI, owned 60.2% of our outstanding capital stock as of September 30, 2004. Upon completion of this offering, SPEI will beneficially own 43.4% of our outstanding capital stock, or 40.5% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, as of September 30, 2004, our executive officers and directors together beneficially owned approximately 10.0% of our outstanding capital stock (excluding shares owned by SPEI which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by one of our directors). Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors will together beneficially own approximately 8.7% of our outstanding capital stock (excluding shares owned by SPEI which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by one of our directors). The chairman of our board of directors is associated with SPEI. As a result, this director may have the ability to influence our management and affairs and determine the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our charter, approval of any equity-based employee compensation plan and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership, as well as provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law, could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and make it more difficult for you to elect directors of your choosing.

      After completion of this offering, SPEI will beneficially own 16,733,784 shares of our common stock, representing 43.4% of the voting power of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. As a result, it will be difficult for holders of our common stock to approve a takeover of our company, or to approve the election of our directors, without SPEI’s approval.

      In addition, provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and provisions of applicable Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or other change in control that a stockholder may consider favorable. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests, make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you may consider unfavorable.

22



Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that address, among other things, market acceptance of our products and services, expansion into new targeted markets, product development, sales and marketing strategies, development and maintenance of strategic alliances, technological advancement, use of proceeds, projected capital expenditures, liquidity and availability of additional funding sources. These statements may be found in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and in this prospectus generally. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continues” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. Investors are cautioned that matters subject to forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including economic, regulatory, competitive and other factors that may affect our business. We undertake no obligation beyond that required by law to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future.

      Actual results may differ from projections or estimates due to a variety of important factors. The expiration, cancellation or suspension of our HMO contracts by the federal or state governments could significantly impair our results of operations. In addition, our results of operations and projections of future earnings depend in large part on accurately predicting and effectively managing health benefits and other operating expenses. A variety of factors, including competition, changes in healthcare practices, changes in federal or state laws and regulations or their interpretations, inflation, provider contract changes, changes in or terminations of our contracts with government agencies, new technologies, government-imposed surcharges, taxes or assessments, reduction in provider payments by governmental payors, major epidemics, disasters and numerous other factors affecting the delivery and cost of healthcare, such as major healthcare providers’ inability to maintain their operations, may in the future affect our ability to control our medical costs and other operating expenses. Governmental action or business conditions could result in premium revenues not increasing to offset any increase in medical costs and other operating expenses. Once set, premiums are generally fixed for one-year periods and, accordingly, unanticipated costs during such periods cannot be recovered through higher premiums. Furthermore, if we are unable to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical costs, our profitability may be affected.

      Due to these factors and risks, no assurance can be given with respect to our future premium levels or our ability to control our future medical costs.

      From time to time, legislative and regulatory proposals have been made at the federal and state government levels related to the healthcare system, including but not limited to limitations on managed care organizations, including benefit mandates, and reform of the Medicaid and Medicare programs. Such legislative and regulatory action could have the effect of reducing the premiums paid to us by governmental programs or increasing our medical costs. We are unable to predict the specific content of any future legislation, action or regulation that may be enacted or when any such future legislation or regulation will be adopted. Therefore, we cannot predict accurately the effect of such future legislation, action or regulation on our business.

23



Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We will receive approximately $44.9 million in net proceeds from the sale by us of 1,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering, at an offering price of $32.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

      We have no immediate need for the proceeds we will receive from this offering. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to provide additional long-term capital, in the form of unrestricted cash, to support the growth of our business by providing us with financial flexibility. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue acquisitions and expansions of health plans and contracts for government-sponsored health programs in existing and new markets or to acquire or invest in complementary businesses. We currently have no agreements with respect to any such acquisition or investment, although we periodically engage in discussions regarding various types of transactions.

      As of the date of this prospectus, we have not identified the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our market expansion efforts, sales and marketing activities, amount of cash generated or used by our HMO operations, and competition. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

      Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

      Our common stock has been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WCG” since our initial public offering on July 1, 2004. Prior to that time there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, for each of the periods listed.

                 
High Low


2004
               
Third Quarter ended September 30, 2004
  $ 20.80     $ 17.91  
Fourth Quarter (through December 16, 2004)
  $ 34.62     $ 19.17  

The last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on December 16, 2004 was $33.12 per share. As of December 16, 2004, we had approximately 56 holders of record of our common stock, including record holders and individual participants in a security position listing.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.

      Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on our receipt of cash dividends from our subsidiaries. Laws of the states in which we operate or may operate, as well as requirements of the government-sponsored health programs in which we participate, limit the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. In addition, the terms of our credit facility and other indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

24



Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2004. We present capitalization on an actual basis and as adjusted to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale by us of 1,500,000 shares of common stock offered in the offering at an offering price of $32.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

                   
September 30, 2004

As
Actual Adjusted


(in thousands,
except per share
data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 265,425     $ 310,309  
     
     
 
Capitalization:
               
Debt(1)
  $ 184,600     $ 184,600  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 37,069,090 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 38,569,090 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
    371       386  
Additional paid-in capital
    185,352       230,221  
Retained earnings
    59,745       59,745  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (6 )     (6 )
     
     
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    245,462       290,346  
     
     
 
 
Total capitalization
  $ 430,062     $ 474,946  
     
     
 

(1)  Debt at September 30, 2004 includes total short and long-term debt of $183,861, plus the unamortized portion of the discount on the term loan of $739.

     Our capitalization information represented above excludes:

  •   2,406,634 shares of common stock available for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which 332,437 shares were exercisable as of December 16, 2004;
 
  3,861,466 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our equity incentive plan; and
 
  387,714 shares of common stock reserved for future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

      We have considered the dilutive effect of the sale of the 1,500,000 shares of common stock we are offering and do not believe that the impact is significant.

25



Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

          You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the combined statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999 and 2000 from the unaudited financial statements of our Predecessor. We derived the combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001, and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 from the audited financial statements of our Predecessor. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, from our audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2003 and 2004, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year.

          Our acquisition of the WellCare group of companies as of July 31, 2002 was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, as described in Note 2 to our consolidated and combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, the combined results of operations and financial condition at dates prior to July 31, 2002 are not comparable to the consolidated results of operations and financial condition after that date.

                                                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Nine Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended September 30,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income (Loss):
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Premium:
                                                               
 
Medicaid
  $ 152,543     $ 272,497     $ 451,210     $ 329,164     $ 267,911     $ 740,078     $ 537,710     $ 746,704  
 
Medicare
    27,212       72,992       233,626       170,073       120,814       288,330       213,329       247,772  
 
Other(1)
    84,299       80,430       55,027       17,976       9,928       14,444       12,644       1,139  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total premium
    264,054       425,919       739,863       517,213       398,653       1,042,852       763,683       995,615  
Investment and other income
    10,592       5,548       10,421       2,819       3,152       3,130       2,578       2,296  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenues
    274,646       431,467       750,284       520,032       401,805       1,045,982       766,261       997,911  
Expenses:
                                                               
Medical benefits
                                                               
 
Medicaid
    115,046       202,876       364,293       274,672       222,007       609,233       440,531       609,860  
 
Medicare
    25,727       78,542       219,505       145,768       107,384       238,933       180,274       202,979  
 
Other(2)
    90,138       86,818       53,708       14,484       12,372       12,887       12,747       (883 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total medical benefits
    230,911       368,236       637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053       633,552       811,956  
Selling, general and administrative
    35,201       70,050       86,279       54,492       45,384       126,106       87,120       122,076  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,171       1,913       2,234       1,239       3,734       8,159       6,294       5,601  
Interest
    6,126       1,785       2,860       1,446       1,462       10,172       6,451       7,026  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total expenses
    274,409       441,984       728,879       492,101       392,343       1,005,490       733,417       946,659  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    237       (10,517 )     21,405       27,931       9,462       40,492       32,844       51,252  
Income tax expense(3)
                            4,805       16,955       15,221       19,701  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 237     $ (10,517 )   $ 21,405     $ 27,931     $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 17,623     $ 31,551  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income per share:
                                                               
 
Net income per share — basic
                                                          $ 1.18  
 
Net income per share — diluted
                                                          $ 1.07  
Net income attributable per common unit:
                                                               
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
                                  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.49          
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
                                  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.46          

26



Table of Contents

                                                                   
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month Nine Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended September 30,

July 31, December 31, December 31,
1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
Pro forma net income per common share:(4)
                                                               
 
Basic
                                          $ 0.82     $ 0.81          
 
Diluted
                                          $ 0.73     $ 0.76          
Pro forma common shares outstanding:(4)
                                                               
 
Basic
                                            21,466,300       21,723,594          
 
Diluted
                                            23,937,664       23,279,451          
                                                           
As of December 31, As of September 30,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







Operating Statistics:
                                                       
 
Medical benefits ratio — consolidated(5)
    87.4%       86.5%       86.2%       84.8%       82.6%       83.0%       81.6%  
 
Medical benefits ratio — Medicaid(5)
    75.4%       74.5%       80.7%       83.2%       82.3%       81.9%       81.7%  
 
Medical benefits ratio — Medicare(5)
    94.5%       107.6%       94.0%       87.0%       82.9%       84.5%       81.9%  
 
Medical benefit ratio —other(5)
    106.9%       107.9%       97.6%       96.2%       89.2%       100.8%       (77.5% )
 
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio (6)
    12.8%       16.2%       11.5%       10.8%       12.1%       11.4%       12.2%  
 
Members — consolidated
    157,000       317,000       374,000       470,000       555,000       498,000       734,000  
 
Members — Medicaid
    106,000       256,000       323,000       420,000       512,000       454,000       690,000  
 
Members — Medicare
    5,000       20,000       35,000       42,000       42,000       42,000       44,000  
 
Members — commercial
    46,000       41,000       16,000       8,000       1,000       2,000        
                                                           
As of December 31, As of September 30, 2004


As
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Actual Adjusted(7)







(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 35,658     $ 107,730     $ 129,791     $ 146,784     $ 237,321     $ 265,425     $ 310,309  
 
Total assets
    75,765       173,007       221,456       409,504       497,107       729,486       774,370  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities)(8)
    6,370       1,174       154       156,295       135,755       184,600       184,600  
 
Total liabilities
    82,449       180,186       199,411       334,587       397,530       484,024       484,024  
 
Total stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit)(9)
    (6,684 )     (7,179 )     22,045       74,917       99,577       245,462       290,346  

(1)  Other premium revenue relates to our commercial business, which is no longer operated.
(2)  Other medical benefits relates to our commercial business, which is no longer operated.
(3)  Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42% (our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990, and $11,731, respectively.
(4)  Pro forma net income per share is computed using the pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, which gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding common units of WellCare Holdings, LLC into shares of common stock of WellCare Health Plans, Inc. upon the closing of our initial public offering. For a discussion of the difference between pro forma net income per common share and net income attributable per common unit, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements of WellCare Holdings, LLC.
(5)  Medical benefits ratio represents medical benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
(6)  Selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
(7)  The adjusted balance sheet data reflect the estimated net proceeds to be received by us from this offering.
(8)  Long-term debt (including current maturities) at September 30, 2004 includes total short and long-term debt of $183,861, plus the unamortized portion of the discount on the term loan of $739.
(9)  Total stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit) reflects stockholders’ equity for Predecessor and for Successor as of September 30, 2004 (actual and as adjusted) and reflects limited liability company membership interests during 2002 and 2003.

27



Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of WellCare should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data” and WellCare’s combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause our actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Factors that could cause such differences include those set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We provide managed care services targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. As of September 30, 2004, we operated health plans in Florida, New York, Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut, serving approximately 734,000 members. In addition, we recently began offering Medicare services to beneficiaries in Louisiana and expect to begin enrolling members during the fourth quarter of 2004. The following tables summarize our membership by state and our membership by program as of September 30, 2004.

         
State Total Members


Florida
    527,000  
New York
    66,000  
Illinois
    63,000  
Indiana
    45,000  
Connecticut
    33,000  
         
Program Total Members


Medicaid
    690,000  
Medicare
    44,000  

      We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our Florida operations had operated as closely-held businesses, and our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as subsidiaries of a public company. Results of operations beginning July 31, 2002 reflect our operations under current management.

      We enter into contracts generally on an annual basis with government agencies that administer health benefits programs. We receive premiums from state and federal agencies for the members that are assigned to or have selected us to provide healthcare services under each benefit program. The amount of premiums we receive for each member is fixed, although it varies according to demographics, including the government program, and the member’s geographic location, age and sex.

      Our largest expense is the cost of medical benefits that we provide, which is based primarily on our arrangements with healthcare providers. Our profitability depends on our ability to predict and effectively manage medical benefits expense relative to the fixed premiums we receive. Our arrangements with providers fall into two broad categories: capitation arrangements, where we pay the providers a fixed fee per member, and fee-for-service and risk-sharing arrangements, where we assume all or part of the risk of the cost of the healthcare provided. Generally, capitation payments represent 15% or less of our total medical benefits expense. Other components of medical benefits expense are variable and require estimation and ongoing cost management.

      Estimation of medical benefits expense is our most significant critical accounting estimate. See “— Critical Accounting Policies.”

      We use a variety of techniques to manage our medical benefits expense, including payment methods to providers, referral requirements, quality and disease management programs, reinsurance and member co-

28



Table of Contents

payments and premiums for some of our Medicare plans. National healthcare costs have been increasing at a higher rate than the general inflation rate, however, and relatively small changes in our medical benefits expense relative to premiums that we receive can create significant changes in our financial results. Changes in healthcare laws, regulations and practices, levels of use of healthcare services, competitive pressures, hospital costs, major epidemics, terrorism or bio-terrorism, new medical technologies and other external factors could reduce our ability to manage our medical benefits expense effectively.

      One of our primary tools for measuring profitability is our medical benefits ratio, the ratio of our medical benefits expense to the premiums we receive. Changes in the medical benefits ratio from period to period result from changes in Medicaid and Medicare funding, changes in the mix of Medicaid and Medicare membership, our ability to manage medical costs and changes in accounting estimates related to incurred but not reported claims. We use medical benefits ratios both to monitor our management of medical benefits expense and to make various business decisions, including what healthcare plans to offer, what geographic areas to enter or exit and the selection of healthcare providers. Although medical benefits ratios play an important role in our business strategy, we may be willing to enter into provider arrangements that might produce a less favorable medical benefits ratio if those arrangements, such as capitation or risk-sharing, would likely lower our exposure to variability in medical costs.

Corporate History and Acquisitions

      Our WellCare of Florida subsidiary was established in 1985 by a group of physicians located in Tampa, Florida, and began offering Medicaid managed care services in 1994 and Medicare services in 2000. Our HealthEase subsidiary was formed in May 2000 to acquire the business of Tampa General Health Plan, Inc., including its HMO license and approximately 5,900 Medicaid members. HealthEase subsequently acquired almost 100,000 Medicaid members from Humana, Inc. in June 2000.

      In July 2002, our current management acquired the WellCare group of companies in two concurrent transactions. In the first transaction, we acquired our Florida operations, including our WellCare of Florida and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from a number of individuals, including Dr. Kiran C. Patel and Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of:

  $50 million in cash;
 
  the issuance of a senior subordinated promissory note in the original principal amount of $53 million, subject to adjustments for earnouts and other purchase price adjustments; and
 
  warrants to purchase 1,859,704 shares of our common stock.

      The purchase price was subject to adjustment in both 2003 and 2004, based upon a number of earnout and other calculations. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders that fixed the amount of the purchase price and principal balance of the note at $209.6 million and $119.7 million, respectively. In May 2004, we entered into a further agreement with the selling stockholders, pursuant to which we prepaid $85.0 million of the principal balance of the note, using proceeds from our new senior secured term loan facility, and $3.0 million of the principal balance was forgiven in consideration for the prepayment. See “Certain Transactions — Other Agreements with Selling Stockholders — Amendment and Settlement Agreement” and “— Prepayment Agreement.”

      In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, through a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash.

      In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. As a result of the acquisition, we increased our Medicaid membership by approximately 84,000. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing distributions of cash by Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain transaction expenses

29



Table of Contents

incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be adjusted by the amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003, compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date as measured on or about December 31, 2004.

      From May 2002 until July 2004, we were organized as a Delaware limited liability company, WellCare Holdings, LLC. Immediately prior to our initial public offering, WellCare Holdings, LLC merged with and into WellCare Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of WellCare Holdings, LLC. At that time, our name changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc. Each outstanding limited liability company unit of WellCare Holdings, LLC was converted into shares of common stock according to the relative rights and preferences of such units and the initial public offering price of the common stock offered.

      We are currently identifying markets for potential acquisitions or expansion that would increase our membership and broaden our geographic presence. These potential acquisitions or expansion efforts are at various stages of internal consideration, and we may enter into letters of intent, transactions or other arrangements supporting our growth strategy at any time. However, we cannot predict when or whether such transactions or other arrangements will actually occur, and we may not be successful in completing potential acquisitions.

Basis of Presentation

      WellCare, as it existed prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, is referred to as “Predecessor.” WellCare, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as the “Successor,” “we” or “us.”

      The consolidated results of operations include the accounts of the Successor and all of its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined results of operations include all of the accounts of the Predecessor’s entities under common control prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined results of operations of the Predecessor also do not reflect the effects of our change in corporate structure and management. The Predecessor’s combined financial results do not reflect the effects of:

  additional debt incurred by Successor management, which results in increased interest expense;
 
  a C corporation tax structure, which results in taxes being incurred by us, whereas previously, because the Predecessor had an S corporation tax structure, taxes were incurred by the stockholders; and
 
  accounting for amortization of the acquired intangible assets, which resulted from the purchase of the businesses.

In addition, due to prior management’s preparation of the Predecessor for sale, certain costs and expenses were temporarily eliminated and opportunities to increase membership were not pursued during the relevant time periods.

      WellCare Holdings, LLC was taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. It was not included in the consolidated federal tax return of its subsidiaries, which file as C corporations. See Note 10 to the notes to the WellCare Holding, LLC audited combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Segments

      We have two reportable business segments: Medicaid and Medicare. Medicaid, a state administered program, was enacted in 1965 to make federal matching funds available to all states for the delivery of healthcare benefits to eligible individuals, principally those with incomes below specified levels who meet other state specified requirements. Medicaid is structured to allow each state to establish its own eligibility standards, benefits package, payment rates and program administration under broad federal guidelines. Most

30



Table of Contents

states determine threshold Medicaid eligibility by reference to other federal financial assistance programs including the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and Supplemental Security Income programs.

      The Temporary Assistance to Needy Families program provides assistance to low-income families with children and was adopted to replace the Aid to Families with Dependent Children program. Supplemental Security Income is a federal program that provides assistance to low-income aged, blind or disabled individuals. However, states can broaden eligibility criteria.

      SCHIP, developed in 1997, is a federal/ state matching program that provides healthcare coverage to children not otherwise covered by Medicaid or other insurance programs. SCHIP enables a segment of the large uninsured population in the United States to receive healthcare benefits. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their Medicaid programs.

      Medicare is a federal program that provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Most individuals eligible for Medicare are entitled to receive inpatient hospital care without the payment of any premium, but are required to pay a premium to the federal government, which is adjusted annually, to be eligible for physician care and other services.

      Under the Medicare Advantage program, managed care plans can contract with CMS to provide health insurance coverage in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the geographic areas in which the members reside. The fixed monthly payment per member is subject to periodic adjustments determined by CMS based upon a number of factors, including retroactive changes in members’ status such as Medicaid eligibility, and risk measures based on demographic factors such as age, gender, county of residence and health status. The weighting of the risk measures in the determination of the amount of the periodic adjustments to the fixed monthly payments is being phased in over time. These measures will have their full impact on the calculation of those adjustments by 2007. Individuals who elect to participate in the Medicare Advantage program are relieved of the obligation to pay some or all of the deductible or coinsurance amounts required under the traditional Medicare program, but are generally required to use the service provided by the HMO exclusively and may be required to pay a premium to the federal Medicare program unless the HMO chooses to pay the premium as part of its benefit package.

Critical Accounting Policies

      In the ordinary course of business, we make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of our results of operations and financial condition in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

      Revenue recognition. We generate revenues primarily from premiums we receive from agencies of the federal government and the states in which we operate to provide healthcare benefits to our members. We receive a fixed premium per member per month to provide healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our contracts in each of our markets. We generally receive premiums in advance of providing services, and recognize premium revenue during the period in which we are obligated to provide services to our members. Premiums collected in advance are deferred and reported as unearned premiums. Any amounts that have not been received remain on the balance sheet classified as premiums receivable. We also generate revenues from investments.

      We experience adjustments to our revenues based on member retroactivity. These retroactivity adjustments reflect changes in the number and eligibility status of enrollees subsequent to when revenue is billed. We estimate the amount of outstanding retroactivity each period and adjust premium revenue accordingly. The estimates of retroactivity adjustments are based on historical trends, premiums billed, the volume of

31



Table of Contents

member and contract renewal activity and other information. We refine our estimates and methodologies based upon actual retroactivity experienced. Retroactivity adjustments have not been significant.

      Estimating medical benefits expense and medical benefits payable. The cost of medical benefits is recognized in the period in which services are provided and includes an estimate of the cost of medical benefits that have been incurred but not yet reported. We contract with various healthcare providers for the provision of certain medical care services to our members and generally compensate those providers on a fee-for-service or capitated basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing arrangements. Capitation represents fixed payments on a per member per month basis to participating physicians and other medical specialists as compensation for providing comprehensive healthcare services. Participating physician capitation payments for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, year ended December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and year ended December 31, 2001 were 15.0%, 11.0%, 10.2%, 10.2% and 10.3%, respectively, of total medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits expense has two main components: direct medical expenses and medically-related administrative costs. Direct medical expenses include amounts paid to hospitals, physicians and providers of ancillary services, such as laboratory and pharmacy. Medically-related administrative costs include items such as case and disease management, utilization review services, quality assurance and on-call nurses.

      Medical benefits payable consists primarily of benefit reserves established for reported and unreported claims, which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date, and contractual liabilities under risk-sharing arrangements, determined through an estimation process utilizing company-specific, industry-wide, and general economic information and data.

      We have used the same methodology for estimating our medical benefits expense and medical benefits payable since our acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Our policy is to record management’s best estimate of medical benefits payable. Monthly, we estimate ultimate benefits payable based upon historical experience and other available information as well as assumptions about emerging trends, which vary by business segment. The process for preparing the estimate utilizes standard actuarial methodologies based on historical data. These standard actuarial methodologies include, among other factors, contractual requirements, historical utilization trends, the interval between the date services are rendered and the date claims are paid, denied claims activity, disputed claims activity, benefit changes, expected health care cost inflation, seasonality patterns and changes in membership. In developing the estimate, we apply different estimation methods depending on the month for which incurred claims are being estimated. For the more recent months, which constitute the majority of the amount of the medical benefits payable, we estimate our claims incurred by applying observed trend factors to the per member per month, or PMPM, costs for prior months, which costs have been estimated using completion factors, in order to estimate the PMPMs for the most recent months. We validate our estimates of the most recent PMPMs by comparing the most recent months’ utilization levels to the utilization levels in older months, actuarial techniques that incorporate a historical analysis of claim payments, including trends in cost of care provided, and timeliness of submission and processing of claims.

      Also included in medical benefits payable are estimates for provider settlements due to clarification of contract terms, out-of-network reimbursement and claims payment differences, as well as amounts due to contracted providers under risk-sharing arrangements.

      Many aspects of the managed care business are not predictable with consistency. These aspects include the incidences of illness or disease state (such as cardiac heart failure cases, cases of upper respiratory illness, the length and severity of the flu season, diabetes, the number of full-term versus premature births, and the number of neonatal intensive care babies). Therefore, we must rely upon our historical experience, as continually monitored, to reflect the ever-changing mix, needs and growth of our members in our trend assumptions. Among the factors considered by management are changes in the level of benefits provided to members, seasonal variations in utilization, identified industry trends and changes in provider reimbursement arrangements, including changes in the percentage of reimbursements made on a capitated as opposed to a fee-for-service basis. These considerations are aggregated in trend in medical benefits expense. Other external factors such as government-mandated benefits or other regulatory changes, catastrophes, and epidemics may

32



Table of Contents

impact medical cost trends. Other internal factors such as system conversions and claims processing interruptions may impact our ability to accurately predict estimates of historical completion factors or medical cost trends. Medical cost trends potentially are more volatile than other segments of the economy. Management is required to use considerable judgment in the selection of medical benefits expense trends and other actuarial model inputs.

      We record reserves for estimated referral claims related to healthcare providers under contract with us who are financially troubled or insolvent and who may not be able to honor their obligations for the costs of medical services provided by other providers. In these instances, we may be required to honor these obligations for legal or business reasons. Based on our current assessment of providers under contract with us, such losses have not been and are not expected to be significant.

      Changes in estimates of medical benefits payable are primarily the result of obtaining more complete claims information that directly correlates with the claims and provider reimbursement trends. Volatility in members’ needs for medical services, provider claims submission and our payment processes results in identifiable patterns emerging several months after the causes of deviations from assumed trends occur. Since our estimates are based upon per member, per month claims experience, changes cannot typically be explained by any single factor, but are the result of a number of interrelated variables, all influencing the resulting experienced medical cost trend. Deviations, whether positive or negative, between actual experience and estimates used to establish the liability are recorded in the period known.

      The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for the following periods:

                                     
Predecessor Successor


Seven-Month Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, July 31, December 31, December 31,
2001 2002 2002 2003




(in thousands)
Balances as of beginning of period
  $ 86,714     $ 98,314     $ 109,054     $ 113,670  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits incurred related to:
                               
 
Current period
    634,726       436,444       348,079       884,703  
 
Prior periods
    2,780       (1,520 )     (6,316 )     (23,650 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    637,506       434,924       341,763       861,053  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits paid related to:
                               
 
Current period
    (538,505 )     (335,938 )     (249,076 )     (751,826 )
 
Prior periods
    (87,401 )     (88,246 )     (88,071 )     (74,600 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    (625,906 )     (424,184 )     (337,147 )     (826,426 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balances as of end of period
  $ 98,314     $ 109,054     $ 113,670     $ 148,297  
     
     
     
     
 

      Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31, 2002 developed favorably by approximately $23.7 million. This favorable development was primarily due to realized medical benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed trends. We initially assumed a medical benefits expense trend increase of 7.8% and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4% for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and the realized trends accounts for approximately $15.0 million and $3.5 million of favorable development for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively.

      Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002 developed favorably in the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 by $6.3 million primarily due to differences between estimated and actual utilization and severity of claims on certain of our Florida Medicaid businesses. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2001 developed favorably in the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 by $1.5 million due primarily to

33



Table of Contents

lower utilization of medical services than anticipated. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably in the year ended December 31, 2001 by $2.8 million, due primarily to higher than expected utilization of services and cost per service.

      We believe that the amount of medical benefits payable as of December 31, 2003 is adequate to cover our ultimate liability for unpaid claims recorded as of that date; however, actual claim payments and other items may differ from established estimates. Assuming a hypothetical 1% difference between our December 31, 2003 medical benefits ratio due to changes between estimated medical benefits payable and actual medical benefits payable, income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003 would have increased or decreased by $10.4 million and diluted earnings per share would have increased or decreased by approximately $0.43 per share, after giving effect to our reorganization into a corporation.

      Goodwill and intangible assets. We obtained goodwill and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of our subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. Intangible assets include provider networks, membership contracts, trademark, noncompete agreements, government contracts, licenses and permits. Our intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to 26 years.

      We evaluate whether events or circumstances have occurred that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. We must make assumptions and estimates, such as the discount factor, in determining the estimated fair values. While we believe these assumptions and estimates are appropriate, other assumptions and estimates could be applied and might produce significantly different results.

      We review goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill or intangible assets. Events or changes in circumstances would include significant changes in membership, state funding, medical contracts and provider networks. We have selected the third quarter for our annual impairment test, which generally coincides with the finalization of state and federal contract negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During the third quarter ended September 30, 2003, we assessed the earnings forecast for our two reporting units and concluded that the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the expected present value of future cash flows and other qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each reporting unit. We are currently performing our annual impairment test, which is not yet complete. As of September 30, 2004, we believe that there is no impairment to the value of goodwill or intangible assets.

      The purchase of our Florida subsidiaries was partially financed through a contingent note payable to the former shareholders of those subsidiaries, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. The principal amount of this note was subject to adjustment for various contingencies including based on the adequacy of the statutory capital of certain subsidiaries, the actual medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries, the earnings (or losses) of certain products and potential indemnifications under the purchase agreement. Adjustments to the note resulted in a change in the purchase price and the amount of goodwill acquired of $41.6 million. See “— Corporate History and Acquisitions.”

      In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or about December 31, 2004. Goodwill and other intangibles associated with the Harmony acquisition are estimated to be $40.2 million; however, we have not yet finalized the fair value analysis of purchased intangibles and therefore the allocation of Harmony assets and liabilities is subject to adjustment.

34



Table of Contents

Results of Operations

      The following table sets forth the consolidated and combined statements of income data, expressed as a percentage of revenues for each period indicated. The pro forma combined year ended December 31, 2002 amounts consist of combined financial data from the Predecessor for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and from the Successor for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

                                             
Percentage of Revenues

Predecessor Predecessor/Successor Successor



Nine Months
Combined Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Ended
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended September 30,
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2001 2002 (combined) 2003 2003 2004





Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
 
Revenues:
                                       
   
Premium
    98.6%       99.4%       99.7%       99.7%       99.8%  
   
Investment and other income
    1.4%       0.6%       0.3%       0.3%       0.2%  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%  
 
Expenses:
                                       
   
Medical benefits
    85.0%       84.3%       82.3%       82.7%       81.4%  
   
Selling, general and administrative
    11.5%       10.8%       12.1%       11.4%       12.2%  
   
Depreciation and amortization
    0.3%       0.5%       0.8%       0.8%       0.5%  
   
Interest
    0.4%       0.3%       1.0%       0.8%       0.7%  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    97.2%       95.9%       96.2%       95.7%       94.8%  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    2.8%       4.1%       3.8%       4.3%       5.2%  
 
Income tax expense
    (1)     0.5% (1)     1.6%       2.0%       2.0%  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    2.8%       3.6%       2.2%       2.3%       3.2%  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(1)  Income tax expense was not recorded by the Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax liabilities or benefits due to operating losses.

     The Predecessor financial statements do not reflect any provision for doubtful receivables. The necessity for the provision for doubtful receivables became evident during the second half of 2002, based upon management’s experience following the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Factors considered included the age and amounts of receivables, the effort and timeframe necessary to collect those receivables and the strategic nature of the applicable relationships. Management’s evaluation of the history of the relationships indicated doubt that certain of the receivables would ultimately be fully collected. Therefore, a provision for the doubtful receivables was deemed to be appropriate and necessary for the years ended 2003 and 2002.

Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2004 Compared to the Nine-Month Period Ended September 30, 2003

      Premium revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, premium revenue increased $231.9 million, or 30%, to $995.6 million from $763.7 million for the same period last year. The increase was due in part to the addition of 84,000 Medicaid members resulting from the acquisition of Harmony in June 2004, organic growth in our total membership of 26% and rate increases on our products. Total membership grew by 236,000 members, or 47%, from 498,000 at September 30, 2003 to 734,000 at September 30, 2004.

35



Table of Contents

      Our Medicaid segment includes Medicaid programs and other state-sponsored healthcare programs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, Medicaid segment premium revenue increased $209.0 million, or 39%, to $746.7 million from $537.7 million for the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to the 28% organic growth in Medicaid membership, the increase in rates in the State of Florida effective July 1, 2004 of approximately 9%, and the members acquired through the acquisition of Harmony in June 2004. Aggregate membership in the Medicaid segment grew by 236,000 members, or 52%, from 454,000 members at September 30, 2003 to 690,000 at September 30, 2004.

      For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, Medicare segment premium revenue increased $34.4 million, or 16%, to $247.8 million from $213.3 million for the same period last year. Growth in premium revenue within the Medicare segment was primarily the result of increased rates received for Medicare members, averaging approximately 10% based on the demographic mix of our membership, and increased membership. Membership within the Medicare segment grew by 2,000 members, or 5%, from 42,000 members at September 30, 2003 to 44,000 members at September 30, 2004.

      Investment income. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, investment income decreased $0.3 million, or 11%, to $2.3 million from $2.6 million for the same period last year. The decrease was due to lower returns on short-term cash and investment deposits in the current interest rate environment.

      Medical benefits expense. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, medical benefits expense increased $178.4 million, or 28%, to $812.0 million from $633.6 million for the same period last year. The increase in medical benefits expense was primarily due to organic growth in membership as well as through the acquisition of Harmony in June 2004. The methodology used in estimating medical benefits payable was consistent with prior periods. The medical benefits ratio was 81.6% compared to 83.0% for the same period last year. The medical benefits ratio decreased in 2004 primarily as a result of the increased premium rate received for Medicare members and lower overall utilization of services by our members. Additionally, pharmacy and professional costs were reduced by approximately $1.3 million due to the inaccessibility of services as a result of the four hurricanes that affected the State of Florida during the third quarter of 2004.

      For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, Medicaid medical benefits expense increased $169.3 million, or 38%, to $609.9 million from $440.5 million for the same period last year. The increase in medical benefits expense was primarily due to the acquisition of Harmony and organic growth in membership. The membership increase and the inclusion of Harmony accounted for $218.6 million of the increase. The increase was offset by $49.3 million reduction in costs resulting from lower unit costs due to renegotiation of certain provider contracts and changes in membership mix. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Medicaid medical benefits ratio was 81.7% compared to 81.9% for the same period last year.

      For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, Medicare medical benefits expense increased $22.7 million, or 13%, to $203.0 million from $180.3 million for the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to the growth in membership, which accounted for $12.7 million of the increase in the nine-month period. Increased healthcare costs accounted for $10.0 million of the increase. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Medicare medical benefits ratio was 81.9% compared to 84.5% for the same period last year. The medical benefits ratio decreased as a result of the premium rate increases and lower overall utilization.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, selling, general and administrative expense increased $35.0 million, or 40%, to $122.1 million from $87.1 million for the same period last year. Our selling, general and administrative expense to revenue ratio was 12.2% and 11.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily due to investments in information technology, investments in sales and marketing strategies and increased spending necessary to support and sustain our membership growth.

      Interest expense. Interest expense was $7.0 million and $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The $0.5 million increase primarily relates to the increase in borrowings in May 2004 and the rising interest rate environment.

36



Table of Contents

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 was $19.7 million with an effective tax rate of 38.4% as compared to $15.2 million with an effective tax rate of 46.3% for the same period last year. This decrease was due to increased investment in tax-exempt securities, more effective state tax planning in the current year and additional taxes incurred in the third quarter of last year as a result of the purchase price adjustments arising from the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies in August 2002.

      Net income. For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, net income was $31.6 million compared to $17.6 million for the same period last year, representing an increase of 79%.

Comparison of Consolidated Year Ended December 31, 2003 to Combined Year Ended
December 31, 2002

      Premium revenue. Premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $127.0 million, or 14%, to $1.04 billion from $915.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment and to a lesser extent increased premium rates per member. Premium rate increases were partially offset by a lower average premium per member primarily as a result of changes in the demographics of Medicaid members by product. During 2003, membership increased by 85,000 members, or 18%, from 470,000 members at December 31, 2002 to 555,000 members at December 31, 2003.

      Medicaid segment premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $143.0 million, or 24%, to $740.1 million from $597.1 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to an increase in membership of approximately $166.7 million and a change in membership demographics and premium rates, which offset the increase by $23.7 million. During 2003, membership within the Medicaid segment increased 92,000 members, or 22%, from 420,000 members at December 31, 2002 to 512,000 members at December 31, 2003. Membership increased by approximately 44,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida under a competitive bidding process, and the remaining growth in Medicaid membership resulted from a combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing efforts. We expect Medicaid membership to continue to increase in 2004.

      Medicare segment premium revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.6 million, or 1.0%, to $288.3 million from $290.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the aggregate time our members were covered by our plans, partially offset by an increase in premium rates and change in membership demographics of approximately $7.2 million. We continually review the medical loss ratio of our business and make strategic decisions based on those analyses. During 2003, our medical benefits expense in certain areas of Florida was higher than expected. We addressed this concern by withdrawing from areas where financial performance was unfavorable. Overall membership levels remained flat at approximately 42,000. We expect Medicare membership to increase in 2004, in part due to the new Medicare legislation.

      Investment income. Investment income for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.9 million, or 53%, to $2.6 million from $5.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the continued decline in market interest rates and maintaining investments with shorter maturities, which was partially offset by an increase in overall cash levels. Cash levels increased primarily due to increased profitability and differences in the timing of our receipt of premiums as compared to the timing of our payment of the related medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits expense. Medical benefits expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $84.4 million, or 11%, to $861.1 million from $776.7 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to the increase in membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.6% compared to 84.8% in 2002. The medical benefits ratio decreased in 2003 primarily as a result of our initiatives to enter into contracts with providers that offer more economical benefits, to focus on preventative and disease management programs, and to increase the effectiveness of medical management to ensure that medical benefits are utilized efficiently.

37



Table of Contents

      The Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $112.5 million, or 23%, to $609.2 million from $496.7 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment, which accounted for an increase of $138.7 million, and to a lesser extent increased healthcare costs, which accounted for an increase of $3.8 million. This was offset by $30.0 million resulting from a change in membership demographics. The Medicaid medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.3% compared to 83.2% in 2002.

      Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $14.3 million, or 6%, to $238.9 million from $253.2 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was principally a result of our withdrawal from certain areas of Florida where financial performance was unfavorable and, to a lesser extent, as a result of revised contracts with providers containing improved contract terms. The decrease in membership accounted for $8.5 million of the reduction in expense, and the changes in contract terms accounted for the remainder. The Medicare medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 82.9% compared to 87.0% in 2002.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $26.2 million, or 26%, to $126.1 million from $99.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. Our selling, general and administrative expense to premium revenue ratio was 12.1% and 10.8% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in the ratio was the result of increased marketing efforts, servicing our increased membership, amortization of purchased intangible assets and costs incurred to strengthen our infrastructure. These costs include additional management staff, information technology system enhancements, and consulting services. Additionally, certain expenses to expand the business or make the operations more efficient were not incurred in 2002 as the predecessor management was preparing the company for sale.

      Interest expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $7.3 million, or 252%, to $10.2 million from $2.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was due to increased debt as a result of the purchase of the business from the predecessor owners.

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $12.2 million, or 254%, to $17.0 million from $4.8 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase resulted from being taxed as a C corporation for 12 months in 2003 compared to being taxed as a C corporation for only five months in 2002. Prior to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S corporation and was a disregarded entity for federal and state income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 41.9% and for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.

      Net income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $23.5 million compared to $32.6 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002.

Comparison of Combined Year Ended December 31, 2002 to Combined Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Premium revenue. Premium revenue for the pro forma combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $176.0 million, or 24%, to $915.9 million from $739.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership and to a lesser extent membership demographics. During combined fiscal 2002, membership increased 96,000 members, or 26%, from 374,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 470,000 members at December 31, 2002.

      Medicaid segment premium revenue for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $145.9 million, or 32%, to $597.1 million from $451.2 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment of approximately $105.2 million and to a lesser extent changes in membership demographics and rates that accounted for the remainder. During 2002, membership within the Medicaid segment increased 97,000 members, or 30%, from 323,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 420,000 members at December 31, 2002. Membership increased by approximately 23,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida, and

38



Table of Contents

the remaining growth in membership resulted from a combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing efforts.

      Medicare segment premium revenue for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $57.3 million, or 25%, to $290.9 million from $233.6 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicare segment of approximately $51.7 million and changes in membership demographics and rates that accounted for $5.6 million of the increase. During 2002, membership within the Medicare segment increased 7,000 members, or 20%, from 35,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 42,000 members at December 31, 2002.

      Investment income. Investment income for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $3.4 million, or 38%, to $5.5 million from $8.9 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the decline in market interest rates partially offset by an increase in overall cash levels. Cash levels primarily increased due to cash generated from operations and contributions of capital.

      Medical benefits expense. Medical benefits expenses for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $139.2 million, or 22%, to $776.7 million from $637.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily due to the increase in membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was 84.8% compared to 86.2% in 2001.

      Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $132.4 million, or 36%, to $496.7 million from $364.3 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid segment, which accounted for approximately $84.9 million of the change. Changes in benefits and unit cost accounted for the remaining $47.5 million of the increase.

      Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $33.7 million, or 15%, to $253.2 million from $219.5 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to internal growth in overall membership in the amount of approximately $48.5 million. This was partially offset by a decrease in costs and utilization in the amount of approximately $14.8 million.

      Selling, general and administrative expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased $13.6 million, or 16%, to $99.9 million from $86.3 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily due to an increase in staff to support our increased membership. Our selling, general and administrative expense to revenue ratio was 10.8% and 11.5% for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio was the result of predecessor management preparing the business for sale and temporarily eliminating certain costs and expenses that would have been incurred under normal operating conditions.

      Interest expense. Interest expense was $2.9 million for the combined years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as we had similar balances of short- and long-term debt during both periods.

      Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was $4.8 million. Prior to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S corporation and was a disregarded entity for federal and state income tax purposes. Our effective tax rate for the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.

      Net income. Net income for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was $32.6 million compared to $21.4 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2001.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We have financed our operations principally through internally generated funds. We generate cash mainly from premium revenue. Our primary use of cash is the payment of expenses related to medical benefits and

39



Table of Contents

administrative expenses. We generally receive premium revenue in advance of payment of claims for related healthcare services. In July 2004, we received $112.3 million of net proceeds from our initial public offering. From time to time, we may need to raise additional capital or draw on our credit facility to fund planned geographic and product expansion or acquire healthcare businesses.

      Because we receive premiums in advance of payments of claims for healthcare services, we maintain estimated balances of cash and cash equivalents pending payment of claims. At September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, cash and cash equivalents were $265.4 million, $237.3 million and $146.8 million, respectively. We also had short-term investments with maturities of three to 12 months of $144.8 million, $33.8 million and $69.0 million at September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Our investment policies are designed primarily to provide liquidity and preserve capital. The states in which we operate prescribe the types of instruments in which our subsidiaries may invest their funds. As of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, a substantial portion of our cash was invested in a portfolio of highly liquid money market securities with a weighted average maturity of 30 days and 138 days, respectively. The average portfolio yield for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and year ended December 31, 2003 was approximately 1.7% and 1.2%, respectively.

      Cash Flow. Net cash provided by operations was $25.4 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2004, $122.7 million in 2003, $66.9 million in 2002 and $38.2 million in 2001. The growth in cash from operations was primarily due to increased membership, improved profitability and changes in outstanding receivables and liabilities based on the timing of cash receipts and payments. Because we generally receive premium revenue in advance of payment for the related medical care costs, our cash available has historically increased during periods of enrollment growth. At September 30, 2004, we had a positive working capital of $188.9 million as compared to negative working capital of $4.4 million, working capital of $2.6 million and negative working capital of $38.1 million at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      We believe that our cash resources and internally generated funds will be sufficient to support our operations, regulatory requirements and capital expenditures for at least 12 months following this offering.

      Regulatory Capital and Restrictions on Dividends. Our operations are conducted through our HMO subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to state regulations that, among other things, may require the maintenance of minimum levels of statutory capital, as defined by each state. These regulations may restrict the amount, payment, and timing of the distribution of dividends that may be paid to our parent company. The states can, in their sole discretion, require individual subsidiaries to maintain statutory capital levels higher than state mandated minimums. Management believes that we were in compliance with all minimum statutory capital requirements at September 30, 2004, and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future.

      The National Association of Insurance Commissioners has adopted rules which, to the extent they are implemented by the states in which we operate, set minimum capitalization requirements for subsidiaries and other risk bearing entities. The requirements take the form of risk-based capital rules. Florida and New York have not yet adopted the risk-based capital standard as a net worth requirement. Our operations in Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana are subject to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ guidance. Our subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum capital amounts as prescribed by the various states in which we operate. Our restricted assets consist of cash and cash equivalents that are deposited or pledged to state agencies in accordance with state rules and regulations. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of our restricted assets consisted of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of our subsidiaries were in compliance with the minimum capital requirements. Barring any change in regulatory requirements, we believe that we will continue to be in compliance with these requirements at least through 2004. New York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements to be implemented over a six-year period, which would materially increase the capital requirements of our New York managed care plan.

      If our regulators were to deny or significantly further restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us or to pay management fees to our affiliates, the funds available to us as a whole would be limited, which

40



Table of Contents

could harm our ability to implement our business strategy. For example, we could be hindered in our ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our credit facility.

      Debt and Credit Facilities. As part of the consideration for the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies, we issued a senior subordinated non-negotiable promissory note in the original principal amount of $53.0 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of the stockholders of the Florida business, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the selling stockholders that fixed the remaining amount of the seller note at $119.7 million. In May 2004, we entered into a further agreement with the selling stockholders, pursuant to which we prepaid $85.0 million of the principal balance of the note, using proceeds from the senior secured term loan facility described below, and $3.0 million of the principal balance was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. In August 2004, we prepaid an additional $3.2 million of the principal balance of the note. The remaining balance of the note, $25.0 million, is due on September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon a sale of our business. Interest on the principal amount of the note accrues at the rate of 5.25% per year.

      In May 2004, we entered into a credit agreement pursuant to which we obtained two senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of $160.0 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50.0 million, of which $10.0 million is available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. These facilities are provided by a group of banks and other financial institutions led by Credit Suisse First Boston and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. We used the proceeds from the term loan to prepay $85.0 million of the principal balance of the seller note discussed above, to prepay in full, for $18.3 million, certain senior discount notes previously issued by one of our subsidiaries, to pay the $50.3 million purchase price for the Harmony acquisition, and to pay approximately $4.3 million in transaction fees and expenses. No amounts had been drawn on the $50.0 million revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2004.

      Each of these credit facilities has a floating interest rate based on a specified margin over, at our option, the Eurodollar rate or the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds effective rate. The term loan facility requires quarterly payments of 1% of the outstanding principal through the maturity date, with the balance due on the maturity date, and any principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility would be payable on its maturity date. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008.

      Our credit facilities include financial and operational covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness as well as purchase or dispose of significant assets. Covenants on the credit facilities include maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio above a set minimum, maintenance of a leverage ratio below a set maximum, and limitations on capital expenditures and acquisitions. We were in compliance with all of these covenants as of September 30, 2004.

      As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are required to be disclosed under Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

      In May 2004, our debt was rated below investment grade by the major credit rating agencies as follows:

                 
Agency Outlook Credit Rating



Moody’s
    Stable       B2  
Standard & Poor’s
    Stable       B  

      Consequently, if we seek to raise funds in capital markets transactions, our ability to do so will be limited to issuing additional non-investment grade debt or issuing equity and/or equity-linked instruments.

      We expect to fund our working capital requirements and capital expenditures during the next several years from our cash flow from operations, from our initial public offering and this offering or other possible future capital markets transactions. We have taken a number of steps to increase our internally generated cash flow, including reducing our health care expenses by, among other things, exiting from unprofitable markets and undertaking cost savings initiatives. If our cash flow is less than we expect due to one or more of the risks described in “Risk Factors,” or our cash flow requirements increase for reasons we do not currently foresee,

41



Table of Contents

then we may need to draw upon available funds under our revolving line of credit, which matures in May 2008, or issue additional debt or equity securities. Because we currently intend to make select acquisitions as part of our growth strategy, we likely will draw upon such funds and credit facilities and/or issue additional debt or equity securities. Based on the above, we believe that we will be able to adequately fund our current and long-term capital needs.

      A failure to comply with any covenant in our credit facilities could make funds under our credit facilities unavailable. We also may be required to take additional actions to reduce our cash flow requirements, including the deferral of planned investments aimed at reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses. The deferral or cancellation of any investments could have a material adverse impact on our ability to meet our short-term business objectives. We regularly evaluate cash requirements for current operations and commitments, and for capital acquisitions and other strategic transactions. We may elect to raise additional funds for these purposes either through additional debt or equity, the sale of investment securities or otherwise as appropriate.

Commitments and Contingencies

      The following table sets forth information regarding our contractual obligations:

                                         
Payments due by period

Contractual Obligations at Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
September 30, 2004 Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years






(in thousands)
Long-term debt
  $ 184,600     $ 1,600     $ 28,200     $ 154,800     $  
Operating leases
    28,150       5,055       8,173       8,127       6,795  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,184       1,184                    
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 213,934     $ 7,839     $ 36,373     $ 162,927     $ 6,795  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      In May 2004, we entered into an agreement pursuant to which we obtained two senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million. We used a portion of the proceeds to prepay portions of our long-term debt. Our long-term debt payments due after refinancing using the new facilities are $29.5 million within one to three years, $6.4 million within three to five years and $150.3 million in more than five years.

      We are not an obligor under or guarantor of any indebtedness of any other party; however, we may have to pay referral claims of healthcare providers under contract with us who are not able to pay costs of medical services provided by other providers. We have no off balance sheet financing arrangements except for the operating leases described above.

Equity Plans

      In July 2004, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. An aggregate of 4,688,532 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. The Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our board of directors and compensation committee.

      Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our 2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by our board of directors and became effective in September 2002. After giving effect to our reorganization as a corporation, a maximum of 3,604,443 shares of common stock in the aggregate was reserved for issuance to our associates under the plans. Both plans are administered by our board of directors and compensation committee.

      Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a specified number of our former Class C Common Units. Under the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option to

42



Table of Contents

purchase a specified number of our former Class A Common Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. We may repurchase vested securities granted pursuant to the plans at fair market value if the participant ceases to be employed by us. Unvested securities granted pursuant to the plans will be forfeited without compensation if the participant ceases to be employed by us.

      Upon the closing of our reorganization as a corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the Senior Executive Equity Plan were converted automatically into shares of our common stock and the options granted under the Employee Option Plan were converted automatically into equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted share and option is subject to the same vesting terms as in each holder’s original subscription or option agreement, as applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and their exercise price were adjusted to reflect the effect of the restructuring. As of December 16, 2004, 18 of our employees hold a total of 2,095,320 shares under our Senior Executive Equity Plan, of which 998,657 are vested, 169 of our employees hold options under our 2002 Employee Option Plan exercisable for approximately 1,389,293 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.85, of which 216,599 are vested, and 87 of our employees and directors hold options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan exercisable for approximately 827,066 shares of our common stock at a weighted average price of $21.99, of which 4,167 are vested. We do not intend to issue any additional securities under our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan or our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      We account for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method) prescribed in Accounting Principles Board or “APB” Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Compensation cost for stock options is reflected in net income and is measured as the excess of the estimated market price of our common stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

      In addition to complying with APB Opinion No. 25, we also comply with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” which, among other things, requires supplemental disclosure using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” was issued. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to, among other things, expand the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair-value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair-value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB Opinion No. 25. We have adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148.

43



Table of Contents

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions to stock-based employee compensation.

                                   
Successor

Nine Months
Five-Month Ended
Period Ended Year Ended September 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(in thousands, except per unit data)
Net income, as reported
  $ 4,657     $ 23,537     $ 17,623     $ 31,551  
Reconciling items (net of tax effects):
                               
Add: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic-value based method for all awards
    4       434       199       1,055  
Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (4 )     (819 )     (421 )     (2,714 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net adjustment
          (385 )     (222 )     (1,659 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income, as adjusted
  $ 4,657     $ 23,152     $ 17,401     $ 29,892  
                             
 
Class A common unit yield
    (2,356 )     (5,997 )     (4,437 )        
     
     
     
         
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 2,301     $ 17,155     $ 12,964          
     
     
     
         
Net income per common share:
                               
 
Basic, as reported
                          $ 1.18  
 
Basic, as adjusted
                          $ 1.12  
 
Diluted, as reported
                          $ 1.07  
 
Diluted, as adjusted
                          $ 1.03  
Net income attributable per common unit:
                               
 
Basic, as reported
  $ 0.09     $ 0.66     $ 0.49          
 
Basic, as adjusted
  $ 0.09     $ 0.65     $ 0.49          
 
Diluted, as reported
  $ 0.08     $ 0.60     $ 0.46          
 
Diluted, as adjusted
  $ 0.08     $ 0.58     $ 0.45          

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses accounting for restructuring and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity when we exit a facility, whereas under EITF Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost is recognized at the date a company commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS No. 146 establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized. Application of SFAS No. 146 was required for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of this standard did not impact our financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others — an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” The interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset, liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The initial recognition and

44



Table of Contents

measurement provisions of the interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in fiscal 2003 did not impact our financial statements.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities that either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) have equity investors that lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any entities that require disclosure or new consolidation as a result of the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 46.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments, the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not impact our financial statements.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      In September 2003, we hired the Ernst & Young LLP audit partner previously serving us to become our chief financial officer. We believe this action impaired Ernst & Young LLP’s independent relationship with us. As a result, we terminated the engagement of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent public accountants. The report of Ernst & Young LLP on our financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and for the period May 8, 2002, our date of inception, to December 31, 2002 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was the report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In connection with the audit of our 2002 financial statements, and in the subsequent interim period, there were no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Ernst & Young LLP would have caused Ernst & Young LLP to make reference to the matter in their report.

      We have provided a copy of the above disclosures to Ernst & Young LLP and requested that Ernst & Young LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated February 12, 2004 is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      Effective December 2003, we retained Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent public accountants. Deloitte & Touche LLP was engaged to audit and report on financial information previously audited by Ernst & Young LLP. Our decision to engage Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by our audit committee. Deloitte & Touche LLP previously had been the auditor for certain WellCare subsidiaries in 2001 and performed consulting services during 2002. Neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf consulted with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of the audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, nor did we or anyone acting on our behalf consult with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as defined in paragraph 304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as described in paragraph 304(a)(1)(v) of Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      As of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, we had short-term investments of $144.8 million and $33.8 million, respectively, and investments classified as long-term of $30.4 million and $21.4 million, respectively, principally restricted deposits in accordance with regulatory requirements. The short-term investments consist of highly liquid securities with maturities between three and 12 months. Long-term restricted assets consist of cash and cash equivalents deposited or pledged to state agencies in accordance with state rules and regulations. These restricted assets are classified as long-term regardless of the contractual maturity date due to the nature of the states’ requirements. The investments classified as long-term are subject

45



Table of Contents

to interest rate risk and will decrease in value if market rates increase. Because of their short-term nature, however, we would not expect the value of these investments to decline significantly as a result of a sudden change in market interest rates. Assuming a hypothetical and immediate 1% increase in market interest rates at September 30, 2004, the fair value of our fixed income investments would decrease by less than $0.5 million. Similarly, a 1% decrease in market interest rates at September 30, 2004 would result in an increase of the fair value of our investments of less than $0.5 million.

46



Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

      We provide managed care services targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized core functions, such as claims processing and medical management, combined with localized marketing and strong provider relationships. We believe that this approach will allow us to effectively grow our business, both through organic growth and through acquisitions.

      We operate health plans in Florida, New York, Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana. In Florida, as of September 30, 2004, we served more than 527,000 members, and operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In New York, Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut, as of September 30, 2004, we served approximately 66,000, 63,000, 45,000 and 33,000 members, respectively. In September, we began offering services to Medicare beneficiaries in Louisiana.

      Unlike many other managed care programs that target individuals eligible for only one type of government-sponsored benefit, we serve individuals eligible for both Medicaid and Medicare benefits, which include recipients of the Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and the Supplemental Security Income Medicaid programs and SCHIP. We believe that our experience in managing healthcare for this broad range of beneficiaries better positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities across all of these programs. In addition, unlike many other managed care organizations that attempt to serve the general population through commercial health plans, we focus exclusively on serving individuals in government programs. We believe that this focus allows us to better serve our members and providers and to more efficiently manage our operations.

Our Markets and Opportunities

 
The Market for Government-Sponsored Healthcare Programs

      The market for government-sponsored healthcare programs is large and growing. Overall healthcare spending in the United States has increased dramatically over the past four decades, from $41 billion in 1965 to $1.6 trillion in 2002, according to CMS. CMS estimates that healthcare expenditures will continue to increase over the next decade at an average annual rate of 7.3%, growing to a projected $3.4 trillion by 2013. According to CMS, approximately 33.6% of total healthcare spending in 2002, or $522 billion, was financed by Medicare and Medicaid. CMS also estimates that in 2002, approximately 40.1 million people received Medicaid benefits, and total Medicaid expenditures were approximately $255 billion, of which approximately $104 billion was the responsibility of state governments and the balance provided by the federal government. In the same year, approximately 40.5 million people were enrolled in Medicare, and the federal government spent approximately $267 billion for Medicare, according to CMS.

      We currently operate managed care health plans in Florida, New York, Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana. Florida and New York have two of the largest Medicaid and Medicare populations in the United States.

  Florida. Florida has the fourth largest population of Medicaid enrollees, 2.2 million, and the second largest population of Medicare enrollees, 2.9 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Florida was approximately $8.6 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $3.7 billion, according to CMS. During the same period, according to CMS, total Medicare spending in Florida totaled approximately $21.6 billion. According to data from CMS, in 2003, approximately 61% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in Florida participated in managed care plans.
 
  New York. New York has the second largest population of Medicaid enrollees, 3.7 million, and the third largest population of Medicare enrollees, 2.8 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in New York was approximately $31.4 billion, of which the state and local governments’ portion totaled approximately $15.7 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in New York for 2001 was approximately $20.4 billion. According to data from CMS, in

47



Table of Contents

  2003 approximately 51% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in New York participated in managed care plans.
 
  Illinois. Illinois has approximately 1.6 million Medicaid enrollees and approximately 1.7 million Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Illinois was approximately $7.8 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $3.9 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Illinois was approximately $8.0 billion in 2001. According to data from CMS, in 2003 approximately 9% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
  Indiana. Indiana has approximately 707,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately 878,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Indiana was approximately $4.0 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled approximately $1.5 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Indiana was approximately $5.0 billion in 2001. According to data from CMS, in 2003 approximately 71% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
  Connecticut. Connecticut has approximately 405,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately 533,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Connecticut was $3.2 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled $1.6 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Connecticut was $3.1 billion in 2001. According to data from CMS, in 2003 approximately 73% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
  Louisiana. Louisiana has approximately 860,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately 620,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Louisiana was $4.2 billion, of which the state government’s portion totaled $1.2 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare spending in Louisiana was $4.9 billion in 2001. According to data from CMS, in 2003 approximately 59% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
 
Emergence of Managed Care

      Health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and other types of managed care plans were created as a response to dramatic increases in healthcare-related costs. Managed care plans generally reduce the cost of health insurance by providing members with access to a quality, efficient and cost-effective network of providers. The plans also reduce costs by attempting to increase member access to timely and preventative healthcare delivered in the most appropriate healthcare delivery setting. Since the 1970s, enrollment in managed care has increased dramatically, especially over the past decade. In 2002, in the commercial market, 26% of employees who were covered by their employer’s health benefit plan were enrolled in HMOs, according to the Kaiser Commission on Medicaid and the Uninsured. As part of efforts to control rising costs within government-sponsored healthcare programs, the federal government and many states have encouraged the creation of managed care plans for government programs.

      Medicaid Managed Care. Medicaid is a joint federal and state health insurance program for certain low-income individuals. The amount of total federal outlays for Medicaid has no set limit; rather, the federal government must match whatever the particular state provides for its eligible recipients, subject to limits determined annually by CMS. The percentage matched by the federal government varies by state. Medicaid is structured to allow each state to establish, within broad federal guidelines, its own eligibility standards, benefits package, payment rates and program administration. In most states, the threshold requirements for Medicaid eligibility are determined by the state. In some cases, eligibility criteria are determined by reference to other federal financial assistance programs, including Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and Supplemental Security Income. The Temporary Assistance to Needy Families program provides assistance to low-income families with children. Supplemental Security Income provides assistance to low-income aged, blind or disabled individuals. States may also broaden eligibility beyond the requirements for these programs. Families who exceed the income thresholds for Medicaid may be able to qualify for the State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP.

48



Table of Contents

      According to data from CMS, from 1967 through 2002, Medicaid spending grew at a 15.0% compound annual rate. According to the Congressional Budget Office, federal Medicaid is expected to be $169 billion in fiscal 2004 with states contributing an additional $127 billion. According to the National Association of State Budget Officers, on average, states spend approximately 20.8% of their annual budget on Medicaid, making it the second largest program in most states.

      Historically, Medicaid operated on a fee-for-service model, under which the Medicaid programs made payments directly to providers after delivery of care. We believe that the fee-for-service model has resulted in beneficiaries often receiving care on an episodic basis and in inappropriate, high-cost settings, such as emergency rooms and hospitals, as opposed to receiving care in a comprehensive organized manner. To address these concerns, 42 states have now implemented mandatory Medicaid managed care programs and six have implemented voluntary managed care programs. In states with mandatory Medicaid managed care programs, a percentage of Medicaid recipients are automatically enrolled by the state into a managed care program. States generally may only mandate managed care in areas where more than one managed care plan operates. The percentage of recipients who are subject to such mandatory enrollment varies by state and is set by law or regulation within each state from time to time. If Medicaid managed care is not mandatory, individuals entitled to Medicaid may choose either the traditional Medicaid fee-for-service program or a managed care plan, if available.

      There are two types of managed care programs: capitated managed care plans and primary care case management plans. Under capitated managed care programs, which we operate, the state pays the managed care plan a fixed fee per enrollee and the plan assumes either full or partial risk for the financing and delivery of state-specified healthcare services. Under primary care case management plans, a provider is paid a per patient monthly case management fee for acting as a gatekeeper to approve all medical services and does not assume financial risk for the recipient. The number of Medicaid beneficiaries enrolled in some form of managed care program has grown rapidly, from approximately 40% in 1996 to approximately 58% in 2002, according to CMS. Of the 58% of Medicaid beneficiaries enrolled in managed care in 2002, 24.3% were enrolled in primary care case management programs.

      SCHIP is the single largest expansion of health insurance coverage for children since the enactment of Medicaid, and some states are expanding the program to include adults. SCHIP is a federal and state matching program designed to help states expand health insurance to children whose families earn too much to qualify for traditional Medicaid yet not enough to afford private health insurance. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their existing Medicaid programs, creating separate programs or combining both approaches. According to CMS, approximately 4.6 million children who otherwise would not have access to healthcare were covered under SCHIP in 2001, representing a 38% increase from 2000. In 2003, according to CMS, there were 5.8 million children enrolled in SCHIP programs. Currently, all 50 states, the District of Columbia and all U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and states continue to submit plan amendments to further expand coverage under SCHIP.

      Medicare Managed Care. Medicare is a federal program that provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Medicare beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a Medicare Advantage plan (previously known as Medicare+Choice), Medicare’s managed care option, in areas where such a plan is offered. Under this program, managed care plans can contract with CMS to provide benefits comparable to those offered under the traditional Medicare program in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the county in which the member resides. Individuals who elect to participate in the Medicare Advantage program usually receive greater benefits than traditional Medicare, including less or no deductible or coinsurance amounts, but are generally required to use the services and provider network provided by the HMO exclusively and are required to pay a premium to the federal Medicare program unless the HMO chooses to pay the premium as a part of its benefit package. These individuals also may be required to pay a monthly premium to the health plan.

      The 2003 Medicare reform legislation, MMA, expands Medicare’s health options by, among other things, adding a prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006, authorizing transitional prescription drug discount cards beginning in June 2004, and modifying the methods by which Medicare will pay Medicare managed care

49



Table of Contents

plans. MMA also renamed the Medicare+Choice program “Medicare Advantage.” Retroactive to January 1, 2004 and ending on December 31, 2005, Medicare Advantage rates have been increased so that managed care plans will receive the highest rate determined as either 100% of the average costs that CMS anticipates incurring for a Medicare-eligible fee-for-service beneficiary or the three other rate setting methodologies in effect prior to MMA’s enactment. This may have the effect of raising the fixed monthly payments made to managed care organizations by CMS for providing services to Medicare beneficiaries in some counties. Managed care plans must use the increased payments to improve the healthcare benefits they offer, to reduce premiums or to strengthen their provider networks. Beginning in 2006, a revised system will be instituted. The statutory payment rate will be relabeled as the “benchmark” amount, and plans will submit bids that reflect the costs they expect to incur in providing Part A and Part B benefits. Medicare will pay plans their bids plus 75% of the amount by which the benchmark exceeds the bid. Plans will be required to return that 75% to beneficiaries, either as additional benefits or as a rebate on their Part B or Part D premium. Starting in 2006, plans may be offered on a regional basis, and those plans will include preferred provider organization and fee-for-service options. There will be 10-50 regions and the payment for county-wide plans and regional plans will be based on a bidding process.

      Enrollment in Medicare managed care programs has declined in recent years, from 6.3 million, or 16% of Medicare beneficiaries, in 2000 to 4.6 million, or 12% of Medicare beneficiaries, in 2002. During this period, many managed care programs that had contracted with CMS to provide Medicare managed care plans reduced benefits or withdrew from markets, as healthcare costs in many areas exceeded payments received from CMS for their participation in Medicare’s managed care program. However, as a result of MMA, which increases reimbursement rates to Medicare managed care plans and generally will allow Medicare managed care plans to offer more attractive benefits, we expect enrollment in Medicare’s managed care programs to increase.

      Dual-Eligible Beneficiaries. Individuals who are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits are sometimes termed “dual-eligible.” Health plans that serve dual-eligibles receive a higher premium on account of those members. According to the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 an estimated 7.2 million individuals, or 14% of Medicaid beneficiaries, were dual-eligible. In 2000, dual-eligible beneficiaries accounted for 42% of total Medicaid spending, while representing 16% of all Medicaid beneficiaries, according to Kaiser, and we believe that dual-eligibles are an increasingly important sector of the market.

Our Competitive Advantages

      We operate health plans focused on government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the following are our key competitive advantages:

      Leading Market Presence. We are the leading Medicaid provider in Florida, with an approximately 53% market share of Medicaid managed care enrollees. As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony, we are also the leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois. Nationally, we have over 690,000 Medicaid members. We believe that this strong market position provides us with numerous strategic advantages, including:

  enhanced economies of scale;
 
  extensive, high-quality provider networks in our core markets;
 
  strong relationships with our state and local government agencies; and
 
  the ability to provide a broad range of government-sponsored healthcare programs.

We are leveraging these advantages to aggressively grow our operations.

      Diversified Government Healthcare Programs. We offer managed care services for a diversified range of government programs, including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare. This approach helps reduce the impact on us resulting from rate reductions or other adverse changes that impact one type of program. We believe that this approach

50



Table of Contents

also results in operational efficiencies and stronger relationships with our providers and regulators and positions us to capitalize on growth opportunities in Medicaid, Medicare and other government programs. Our broad range of programs and our low cost of operations also allow us to effectively compete for specialized programs designed to meet the specific needs of certain jurisdictions. For example, in October 2003 we were assigned an additional 30,000 members under our Florida Healthy Kids program through a competitive bid process. We were able to win this bid, in Part due to the economies of scale we achieve from our broad range of product offerings. We believe that our experience in serving a broad range of beneficiaries of Medicaid, Medicare and other government-sponsored programs and our strong provider networks, guided by our medical management programs, position us to optimally serve this population.

      Exclusive Focus on Government Healthcare Programs. We are focused on designing and operating our business to serve our government programs constituents: members, providers and regulators. This allows us to build our provider networks with a focus on our target populations, and allows us, in large part, to contract with our providers using the Medicaid and Medicare fee schedules, which are generally lower than commercial rates, as a benchmark. Our approach to contracting has allowed us to build strong provider networks that have been designed to provide the necessary care to our members, based on specific benefit designs, in the appropriate healthcare setting. We also target our sales and marketing efforts directly to individuals and communities, rather than employers and other groups targeted by commercial plans. We have developed internal regulatory affairs expertise to allow us to work more effectively with the states and other governments that regulate our programs and services.

      Centralized and Scalable Operations. We have centralized various functions across all of our health plans, including claims processing, member services, information technology, regulatory compliance and medical management and pharmacy benefits management programs. We have successfully developed a data reporting system to help assure that consistent sources of claims and member information are provided across all of our health plans, which enables our management team to better assess and control medical costs. Our processing systems operate on a single technology platform and have been designed to be scalable to accommodate growth. In a study performed by the manufacturer, our core transaction system demonstrated scalability to more than 6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. We seek continuously to improve our administrative and operational infrastructure to be scalable for rapid and cost-effective expansion in existing and new markets.

      Localized, Disciplined Sales and Marketing Efforts. Our sales force is designed to target the diverse ethnic, cultural and linguistic composition of the communities we serve with over six different languages spoken. Through the strong relationships our sales people have with community leaders and healthcare providers, we are able to access Medicaid-eligible populations and encourage them to join our plans, resulting in greater market share than relying solely on mandatory assignments. Our sales efforts are enhanced by targeted marketing designed to strengthen our local brands. We focus on specific media such as community events, direct mail, radio advertisements and other highly targeted programs. We believe these marketing programs enhance our leading brands, such as HealthEase and Staywell in Florida, and will allow us to further penetrate the Medicare market. Our sales and marketing team also provides us with increased flexibility in assessing potential new markets. We believe that we have developed the requisite infrastructure and expertise to succeed in both mandatory and non-mandatory Medicaid managed care states.

      Strong Relationships with Government Agencies. We work closely with the government agencies that regulate us to help develop the products and services that we offer. Through this approach, we are able to offer health plans that deliver cost savings for the states in which we operate. For example, under our Medicaid contract with the State of Florida, the state pays us a discounted percentage of approximately 92% of the fee-for-service rate the state pays under the traditional Medicaid program. As a result, in 2003, we estimate that our Medicaid services saved the State of Florida approximately $54.4 million compared to what the state would have been required to pay under the traditional program. We have demonstrated to government agencies our ability to provide quality healthcare services in a cost-effective manner. As a result, we believe that the government agencies that regulate us remain committed to the growth of managed care as an element of an overall plan to control rising healthcare expenditures.

51



Table of Contents

      Partnerships with Providers. We strive to be a low hassle partner for our providers and to provide them with ongoing health and related data that allows them to care for our members effectively and manage their practices efficiently. We accomplish this by:

  contracting with providers that we consider well-suited, based on proximity, languages spoken in their communities, culture and experience, to provide high-quality and cost-effective services to our members;
 
  consulting with our Medicare providers to design benefit packages that the providers believe will deliver quality, cost-effective services to our Medicare members;
 
  sponsoring marketing events, which helps increase our member base and, in turn, helps our providers build their practices;
 
  supplying our providers with risk management data, allowing them to provide services to our members more efficiently;
 
  providing high-quality service to our providers, including paying claims on a timely basis, and promptly responding to their operational inquiries;
 
  reducing the number of procedures requiring pre-approval; and
 
  utilizing web-based functions to help reduce the administrative burden on our providers.

By aligning our incentives with those of our providers, providing frequent, data-based feedback on performance, and providing high-quality service, we seek to develop networks that aid our efforts to attract and retain members. Using this approach, we have developed the flexibility to offer both fee-for-service and capitated provider payment methods.

      Integrated Medical Management. We employ a multi-tiered approach to medical management to ensure that our members receive appropriate, high-quality care, while containing our costs and ensuring an efficient healthcare delivery network. Key elements of our medical management strategy include:

  A focus on preventative care. Our approach to contracting allows us to align our interests with those of our providers by providing financial incentives for preventative health services, such as childhood immunizations, well-child check-ups, diabetes monitoring and treatment and mammogram screening. We focus on helping our members and providers to identify medical problems at an early stage, which results in a higher quality of care for members while reducing our medical costs. For example, on a monthly basis, we communicate with our primary care providers regarding preventative services that may be necessary for the individual members they serve.
 
  Network structure. Our providers have been selected based on our specific benefit design and their willingness to help us manage medical costs. We encourage our providers to work closely with their patients and proactively manage their healthcare, which we believe has resulted in our members receiving the appropriate level of healthcare at the appropriate time, rather than on an episodic basis.
 
  Careful management of outpatient, inpatient and other services. Our medical management associates proactively communicate with our providers to ensure that our members are receiving the necessary care in the appropriate healthcare delivery setting. We also have established pharmacy management programs and policies that allow us to manage our pharmaceutical costs more effectively. In addition, we utilize on site nurses to coordinate with hospital-based physicians to promote effective care management.
 
  Case and disease management. We have developed case and disease management programs that address the particular healthcare needs of our members. Our medical directors and medical staff actively manage cases of members with specific high-risk conditions, such as congestive heart failure and diabetes, to help ensure that these members are receiving the appropriate level of healthcare given the particular circumstances of each case.

52



Table of Contents

We believe that this multi-tiered approach has helped us improve medical outcomes for our members, which results in cost savings.

      Experienced Management Team. Our management has extensive experience operating managed care plans. Our executive officers have more than 85 years of combined experience in the healthcare industry with healthcare plans such as Aetna, Cigna, Humana and Oxford. Our management team is focused on process and data analytics, which has enabled us to create a culture that emphasizes effective execution of our business plans and analysis of results. Members of our medical management team are board certified in a variety of healthcare disciplines, allowing us to manage a broad range of healthcare issues more effectively. We believe that our management’s experience brings a professional, disciplined approach to the operation of government-sponsored healthcare plans, resulting in increased operational efficiencies.

Our Growth Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of government programs-focused managed care services. To achieve this objective, we intend to grow our business by:

      Expanding our Medicaid Business within Existing Markets. We operate in markets that present significant opportunities for expanding our Medicaid membership. We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in Florida. According to data from CMS, while approximately 61% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in Florida are enrolled in some form of managed care program, including primary care management programs, only 30% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan. New York and Illinois are also significant markets for Medicaid managed care services, with approximately 3.7 million and 1.6 million Medicaid enrollees, respectively, according to CMS. According to data from CMS, in New York, only 51% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan, and in Illinois, only 9% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in such a plan. Each of the states in which we operate other than Illinois has mandatory assignment of a certain percentage of Medicaid-eligible individuals to Medicaid managed care plans. We intend to continue to grow our business in the markets that we currently serve by:

  maintaining and expanding our provider networks;
 
  deepening relationships with our providers;
 
  providing high-quality, affordable healthcare;
 
  tailoring our localized marketing efforts to reach individuals who are eligible for government healthcare programs;
 
  encouraging our government partners to increase mandatory assignment;
 
  focusing on the healthcare needs of the aged and disabled populations; and
 
  selectively pursuing acquisitions of Medicaid membership within our existing markets.

      Leveraging our Established Medicaid Businesses to Develop Medicare Plans. We intend to leverage the core competencies, systems and infrastructure that we have developed through our established Medicaid businesses to continue to develop Medicare plans. We believe that there are compelling synergies between Medicaid and Medicare health plans that make leveraging our Medicaid businesses attractive, including:

  a similar sales process, focused on individual, community-based efforts;
 
  member demographics similar to the Medicaid population, particularly the SSI population, characterized by lower income, elderly individuals;
 
  a focus on strong provider relationships;
 
  significant provider network overlap that results from the many providers that meet the healthcare needs of both Medicaid and Medicare beneficiaries;
 
  a focus on cost-effective networks and operations;

53



Table of Contents

  the importance of disciplined medical management;
 
  an ability to leverage our existing licenses and investments in required statutory capital; and
 
  an emphasis on mutually beneficial relationships with regulatory agencies.

      We believe that there is a significant opportunity to continue leveraging our strong Medicaid businesses, including our marketing and sales processes and our provider and regulatory relationships in Florida, to increase our Medicare membership in the State. We currently have approximately 44,000 Medicare members in Florida out of the approximately 2.9 million Medicare enrollees in the State. We believe that we can also expand our Medicare business organically in the other states where we currently operate, as well as in additional markets, without incurring significant expenses. In our organic expansion efforts, we expect that we will incur marginal direct expenses, such as personnel and facilities costs, and may need to provide marginal capital reserves where we are unable to leverage our current capital reserves. In New York, we have a successful Medicaid plan and have re-launched our Medicare plan. We are also entering new markets. For example, in September 2004, we established a Medicare health plan and began operations in Louisiana. We believe we have identified providers in Louisiana that are well suited to serve the Medicare population and we believe the demographics and reimbursement rates in Louisiana indicate that we can be successful. We also intend to monitor the effects of MMA and may consider acquisitions of select Medicare managed care businesses.

      Entering New Medicaid Markets Through Internal Growth and Acquisitions. We intend to enter new Medicaid markets, whether or not they have mandatory assignment, through a combination of internal growth and acquisitions. Entering new Medicaid markets will provide us with the opportunity to grow and diversify our revenues, enhance economies of scale from our centralized administrative infrastructure, and strengthen our relationships with providers and government agencies. We expect to grow organically by expanding our service area and provider network, increasing awareness of our local brand names and maintaining positive provider relationships.

      We also intend to enter new markets by acquiring existing Medicaid managed care businesses. We expect to focus our expansion on markets with significant Medicaid populations, large provider populations, a fragmented competitive landscape and favorable regulatory conditions. We believe that the managed care industry, particularly Medicaid-focused plans, is likely to experience continued consolidation in the future and that this will provide us an opportunity to acquire existing plans in attractive markets.

Harmony Acquisition

      In June 2004 we acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, operates the largest Medicaid managed care plan in Illinois, serving over 63,000 members in that State as well as over 45,000 members in Indiana as of September 30, 2004. The purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by Harmony and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or about December 31, 2004. The acquisition was effected by the merger of a new wholly-owned subsidiary of ours into Harmony, resulting in Harmony becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary.

      Under the merger agreement, Harmony made customary representations and warranties regarding such matters as its corporate good standing, authority to enter into the transaction, capital structure, compliance with laws and regulations and material contracts. Harmony has agreed to indemnify us with respect to breaches of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements made by Harmony in the merger agreement, subject in some cases to minimum threshold limitations. To secure these indemnification obligations, $8.0 million of the purchase price is being held in escrow by a third party escrow agent for a period of one year following the closing of the acquisition. Following the closing, this escrow fund will be our

54



Table of Contents

exclusive source of recovery for any indemnification obligations of Harmony under the acquisition agreement, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Our Health Plans

      We provide managed care services targeted to government-sponsored healthcare programs in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois, Indiana and Louisiana. We offer a diverse array of products, primarily Medicaid and related state programs, such as SCHIP, and Medicare programs. The following tables summarize our membership by state and our membership by program as of September 30, 2004.

         
State Total Members


Florida
    527,000  
New York
    66,000  
Illinois
    63,000  
Indiana
    45,000  
Connecticut
    33,000  
         
Program Total Members


Medicaid
    690,000  
Medicare
    44,000  

      We have recently re-launched our Medicare plan in New York. We also recently began offering Medicare services to beneficiaries in Louisiana and expect to begin enrolling members during the fourth quarter of 2004.

      Each of our plans receives premiums from the federal or state governments in the markets where we operate. We generally receive a fixed premium per member per month to provide healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our contracts in each of our markets.

 
Florida

      We are the largest operator of Medicaid managed care plans in Florida. We began providing Medicaid services in Florida in 1994, and now operate the two largest Medicaid managed care plans in the state, Staywell Health Plans, or Staywell, and HealthEase. Our two distinct Medicaid health plans have separate brand identities, sales forces, provider networks and geographic coverage, but both utilize our centralized back office and claims processing systems. This allows us to benefit from economies of scale while increasing our coverage and penetration throughout the state.

      Our Medicaid managed care plans have broad geographic coverage throughout Florida. Staywell operates in 15 counties, with a particularly strong presence in South Florida. HealthEase operates in 30 counties and has a significant presence in Central and South Florida, as well as in counties in Northern Florida, many of which tend to be rural counties.

      We began providing Medicare services in Florida in 2000 and now operate a rapidly growing Medicare plan under the name WellCare. Our Medicare plan operates in 11 counties in Florida, and has particularly large membership in South Florida, which has a large population of Medicare-eligible individuals and favorable reimbursement rates.

      Our Medicaid contracts with the State of Florida for our Staywell and HealthEase plans expire on June 30, 2006. Our Medicare contract for our WellCare plan expires on December 31, 2005. We also have a SCHIP contract with the Florida Healthy Kids Corporation that expires on September 30, 2005. We have been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in Florida.

 
New York

      Our Medicaid managed care programs in New York, which we provide under the WellCare name, have grown rapidly under our management. In 2003, our membership grew from approximately 45,000 members to

55



Table of Contents

approximately 56,000 members. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, our membership grew approximately 10,000 members to nearly 66,000 members. During these periods, we substantially increased the size of our provider network, adding six hospitals and 2,258 new physicians, including specialists. We currently operate in four of the boroughs of New York City, the Hudson Valley region and Ulster County in the Catskill Mountains region.

      When we acquired our New York operations in 2002, we inherited a number of operational deficiencies, including a suspension of Medicare marketing initiated in August 1999 due to a lack of compliance with the terms of our Medicare contract. We have made significant investments in our New York operations to address these challenges and to compete more effectively in this market, including by:

  hiring an experienced, local senior management team, including a Chief Operating Officer with more than 10 years of healthcare experience;
 
  relocating our New York headquarters from Newburgh to Manhattan to access a deeper talent pool of associates;
 
  improving our regulatory compliance program, including through the implementation of a corporate-wide ethics and compliance program, called the Trust Program, by hiring local compliance personnel, and by focusing our resources on periodic regulatory audits; and
 
  reorganizing our operations, including the consolidation of certain functions in our Tampa corporate headquarters.

      We believe that we have successfully addressed most of the regulatory challenges we faced in New York and have implemented comprehensive corrective action plans that were approved by both the New York State Department of Health and CMS in June 2003. As a result, we have re-launched our Medicare plan in New York, which as of September 30, 2004 had 641 members. In connection with the re-launch, we are restructuring our Medicare provider network, with a focus on building strong relationships with providers and hospitals, and have made significant investments in quality improvement. Our New York operations have recently completed periodic audits with both the New York State Department of Health and CMS, with a lower number of deficiencies identified as a result of each of these audits. We are currently working with the appropriate regulatory authorities to develop acceptable plans to continue addressing the remaining deficiencies.

      Our Medicaid contracts in New York expire on September 30, 2005. Our Medicare contract with CMS expires on December 31, 2005. We also have Child Health Plus and Family Health Plus contracts with the State of New York that expire on December 31, 2004 and September 30, 2005, respectively. Despite the regulatory challenges we have encountered in New York, we have been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in that state.

 
Illinois

      Our Illinois subsidiary operates the largest provider of Medicaid managed care services in that state under the name Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, which we acquired in June 2004. Harmony began operations in Illinois in September 1996, initially serving the Cook County market, and has increased its membership throughout its operating history. In 2003, Harmony’s membership in Illinois grew from 42,000 members to over 54,000 members. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, membership grew to approximately 63,000 members. Our Medicaid contract with the State of Illinois expires on July 31, 2005. Harmony has been able to successfully renew its Medicaid contract since it began operating in Illinois.

 
Indiana

      Harmony also operates a Medicaid managed care plan in Indiana under the name Harmony Health Plan of Indiana. Harmony began operations in Indiana in February 2001, after successfully participating in the State of Indiana’s competitive bidding process. In 2003, Harmony’s membership in Indiana declined from 35,000 members to approximately 30,000 members, primarily as a result of the termination of certain

56



Table of Contents

unprofitable medical groups. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, membership grew to approximately 45,000 members. Our Medicaid contract with the State of Indiana expires on December 31, 2004. Harmony has been able to successfully renew its Medicaid contract since it began operating in Indiana.
 
Connecticut

      In Connecticut, we operate a Medicaid managed care plan under the name PreferredOne. In 2003, our PreferredOne membership grew from 17,000 members to over 24,000 members. For the period ended September 30, 2004, PreferredOne membership grew from 24,000 to over 33,000 members. We also significantly expanded our provider network in the state during these periods, adding more than 336 primary care physicians and six hospitals. The state of Connecticut recently imposed a prohibition of marketing on our Connecticut plan as the result of allegedly having engaged in a repeated practice of marketing violations. The state has since lifted the marketing prohibition after imposing a monetary fine and accepting our corrective action plan.

      We began operating in Connecticut in 1995 when we purchased Yale New Haven Health Plan. We currently offer services in each of Connecticut’s eight counties. Our Medicaid contracts with the state expire on January 31, 2005. We have historically been able to successfully renew our contracts since we began operating in Connecticut.

 
Louisiana

      We began operations as a Medicare managed care plan in Louisiana in September 2004. The Louisiana subsidiary operates under the WellCare name in three Louisiana parishes in the Baton Rouge metro area. Our Medicare contract for our Louisiana plan expires on December 31, 2005.

Medical Programs and Services

      The programs and services we offer to our members vary by state and county and are designed to address the unique needs of our members within the various communities we serve. Through our Medicaid plans, we provide our members access to a broad spectrum of medical benefits. These benefits range from all facets of primary care and preventative programs to full hospitalization and tertiary care. Our Medicaid contracts determine to a large extent the type and scope of healthcare services that we arrange for our members; however, we do customize our benefits in the following ways, which we believe makes our products more attractive:

                     
Benefit Florida New York Connecticut Illinois Indiana






Vision
  Adults receive unlimited eye exams and unlimited eyeglasses with no co-payment.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
 
Dental
  Adults receive x-rays, semi-annual cleanings, extractions and fillings, all with no co-payment.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.

57



Table of Contents

                     
Benefit Florida New York Connecticut Illinois Indiana






Over-the-counter
  Monthly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.   Monthly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   Quarterly over-the- counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and other products.   No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
 
Case management
  Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.   Professionals work with chronically ill to coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are managed appropriately.
 
Nurse help line
  24-hour nurse help line.   Not applicable.   24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.   24-hour nurse help line.
 
Other
  Transportation to and from provider offices (Dade County). No co-pay on prenatal and postpartum pregnancy and substance abuse programs. Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.   Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.   Bus pass for transportation to and from providers for certain programs. Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.   Member voicemail.   Member voicemail.

      In addition, our approach to contracting has allowed us to build strong provider networks, which provides our members with access to physicians to whom they may not otherwise have access. Members are required to use our network, except in cases of emergencies, transition of care, or when specialty providers are unavailable or inadequate to meet a member’s medical needs, and generally must receive a referral from their primary care physician in order to receive healthcare from a specialist, such as an orthopedic surgeon or neurologist. Members do not pay any premiums, deductibles or co-payments.

      Through our Medicare plans, we also cover a wide spectrum of medical services. We provide an enhanced level of services relative to standard fee-for-service Medicare coverage, ranging from reduced out-of-pocket expenses to prescription drug coverage. While our Medicare benefits offerings vary by county, the following is

58



Table of Contents

an example of the enhanced level of benefits we offer in a metropolitan county of Florida in comparison to those benefits generally available under the Medicare program:
         
Benefit Standard Medicare Fee-For-Service Our Medicare Benefits



General
  Patient must pay out-of-pocket drug costs (or obtain supplemental insurance) and 20% of hospital stay.   Predictable healthcare costs, no co-insurance or deductibles.
 
Vision
  One pair of glasses, only after cataract surgery. Co-insurance costs associated with diseases and conditions of eye. No routine eye exams.   Vision covered, generally a $10 co- payment for glasses and exams. Routine eye exams generally at no charge.
 
Dental
  Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense or patient may obtain supplemental insurance.   Covered—small co-payment for oral exams and cleanings. One fluoride treatment per year at no charge. Annual x-rays are covered, with small co-payment.
 
Hearing
  Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense for routine exams and hearing aids.   No co-payment for one pair of hearing aids every two years (includes exam with $10 co-payment).
 
Routine physicals
  Not covered.   One annual physical covered with no co-payment.
 
Preventative care
  Generally, patient pays 20% of the cost of the service.   100% covered, with no co-payment or co-insurance. We proactively contact members and physicians and recommend preventative services.
 
Drug benefit
  Under Medicare reform legislation, not fully implemented until 2006. Currently, patients pay 100% or obtain supplemental insurance.   Small co-payment for generic drugs. In some areas, we also offer a brand name drug benefit for a larger co-payment.
 
Over-the-counter
  Not covered.   Monthly over-the-counter benefit— $10 worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the member’s home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid supplies and many other products.

      Through these enhanced benefits, the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our members are reduced, which allows them to better predict their healthcare costs.

      Most of our Medicare plans require members to pay a co-payment for services provided, and the amount of the co-payment varies by benefit. None of our plans require a deductible for services. Members are required to use our network of providers, except in limited cases such as emergencies, transition of care, or when specialty providers are unavailable or inadequate to meet a member’s medical needs, and generally must receive a referral from their primary care physician in order to receive healthcare from a specialist. Also, compared to our Medicaid plans, we have more flexibility in designing benefits packages, and we can charge members a premium for benefits that the Medicare fee-for-service plan does not offer.

      As part of our continuing efforts to improve the services we offer members, in January 2004 we implemented a drug discount benefit for members of our Florida Medicare plans. We introduced a new member identification card that includes a drug discount card, entitling members to discounts of approxi-

59



Table of Contents

mately 19% on brand-name prescription drugs and 28% on generic drugs. We provided this benefit to our members several months in advance of CMS’s implementation of the prescription drug discount card program authorized by MMA. As a result, our Medicare members are already able to access benefits comparable to those benefits offered under the new law.

Provider Networks

      We have longstanding, established relationships with our network of providers in each of the markets we currently serve. We continuously upgrade and review our networks to ensure adequacy of coverage and compliance of individual providers with our network and operational standards, and we replace and add providers as appropriate. We arrange for the provision of healthcare services to our members through mutually non-exclusive contracts with independent primary care physicians, specialists, ancillary medical agencies and professionals and hospitals.

      Our network of primary care physicians plays an integral role in managing the healthcare of our members. The relationship between the primary care physician, or PCP, and a member is critical for the member to make the most effective use of managed care. Our PCPs are encouraged to discuss care options with new members during their first visit, and answer questions they may have about managed care, as well as to assist them in understanding the role of the PCP. Primary care physicians include family and general practitioners, pediatricians, internal medicine physicians and OB/ GYNs. Specialty care physicians provide medical care to members generally upon referral by the primary care physicians. The following table shows the total approximate number of primary care physicians, specialists and hospitals participating in our network as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

                                     
Florida New York Connecticut Total




Primary care physicians
  2003     3,385       1,752       840       5,977  
    2002     3,415       1,718       684       5,817  
    2001     3,348       1,886       727       5,961  
 
Specialists
  2003     6,680       3,396       2,383       12,459  
    2002     7,069       3,194       2,347       12,610  
    2001     6,894       3,812       3,189       13,895  
 
Hospitals
  2003     207       79       16       302  
    2002     216       79       12       307  
    2001     213       79       16       308  

      As of December 31, 2003, Harmony had approximately 982 primary care physicians, 1,812 specialists and 56 hospitals participating in its network in Illinois, and 167 primary care physicians, 649 specialists and nine hospitals participating in its network in Indiana.

      We have also contracted with other ancillary medical providers and professionals for physical therapy, mental health and chemical dependency care, home healthcare, vision care, diagnostic laboratory tests, x-ray examinations, ambulance services and durable medical equipment. Additionally, we have contracted with a national pharmacy benefit manager that provides a local pharmacy network in our markets where pharmacy is a covered benefit. We also offer, using in-house resources, comprehensive management of mental health and substance abuse services.

      We value our relationships with our providers. Our provider relations strategy is focused on being a low hassle partner. Examples of the steps we have taken to implement this strategy include:

  paying claims promptly;
 
  providing web-based access to eligibility information;
 
  delivering useful information to our providers, including monthly reports to help providers evaluate their performance and increase their efficiency;
 
  reducing restrictions on network physicians in ordering of medical tests and procedures; and

60



Table of Contents

  sponsoring marketing events designed to increase awareness of our plans and the advantages of managed care, sometimes with the participation of our providers.

      We also consult with members of our provider network to obtain their assistance in designing benefit packages, and we enter into relationships using a range of contract types, including capitated and fee-for-service arrangements. See “Provider Payment Methods.” We believe that our focus on strong provider relationships has helped us to make our health plans more attractive and increase our membership.

      In order to help ensure the quality of our providers, we credential and re-credential our providers using standards that are required in the states in which we operate. In order to encourage our PCPs to be proactive in the treatment of our members, we pay a fee-for-service rate in excess of the capitation rate to our PCPs who provide specified preventative health services, such as childhood immunizations, lead screening and well-child check-ups. In New York, PCPs to whom we pay a capitation also receive an additional payment, or bill-above, for supplying us with timely encounter data regarding the nature of members’ visits. We use this data to improve the level of preventative healthcare we provide, such as vaccinations, immunizations and health screenings for new-born children. In Florida and Connecticut, we plan to pay our PCPs bill-aboves for encounter data beginning in early 2004. This data will also help us to monitor the amount and level of medical treatment and improve our compliance with regulatory reporting requirements to ensure high-quality medical care.

      Our contracts with hospitals, independent primary care physicians and specialists are usually for one to two year periods and automatically renew for successive one-year terms. The contracts can generally be cancelled by either party upon a specified prior written notice period, which is typically 60 or 90 days, subject to various conditions. With respect to our hospital contracts, the hospital is paid for all medically necessary inpatient and outpatient services, including emergency services, diagnostic services and therapeutic care provided to members. With the exception of admissions from the emergency room, all inpatient hospital services require precertification from our utilization review staff. All contracted hospitals are required to participate in our utilization review and quality improvement programs.

Provider Payment Methods

      We utilize three primary methods of payment with our network providers: capitation, fee-for-service and risk sharing arrangements, which we utilize in our Medicare business. We periodically review our payment methods as necessary. Factors we generally consider in adjusting payment methods include changes to state Medicaid fee schedules, the competitive environment, current market conditions, anticipated utilization patterns and projected medical benefits expense.

Medicaid

      Capitation. We pay most of our PCPs a fixed fee per member, which is referred to as capitation. Under this arrangement, the PCP is at risk for all costs related to the services rendered by such physician, with the exception of those preventative health services that are paid in addition to the capitation and subject, in some cases, to stop-loss arrangements. In some instances, certain specialty physicians are paid on a capitated basis. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2004, 16% and 15%, respectively, of our Medicaid payments to providers were on a capitated basis.

      Fee-for-Service. We pay our other providers, including most specialists, based upon the service performed, which is referred to as fee-for-service. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 84% of our Medicaid payments to providers were on a fee-for-service basis. The primary fee-for-service arrangements are percentage of Medicaid payment and per diem and case rates. These arrangements may also be combined. The following is a description of the principal arrangements we utilize:

  Percentage of Medicaid fee schedule. We pay providers a specified percentage of the amount Medicaid would pay under the fee-for-service program.
 
  Per diem and case rates. Hospital facility costs are generally reimbursed at negotiated per diem or case rates, which vary depending upon the level of care. Lower intensity services are generally paid at

61



Table of Contents

  a lower rate than high intensity services. For example, services provided on behalf of a newborn baby who in order to gain weight stays in the hospital a few days longer than the mother would typically be paid at a lower rate; whereas a neo-natal intensive care unit stay for a baby born with severe developmental disabilities would be paid at a higher rate.

      A significant percentage of our fee-for-service contracts with providers allow for automatic adjustments in payments based upon changes in government reimbursement rates.

     Medicare

      Risk-sharing Arrangements. Within our capitation and fee-for-service arrangements, which account for 25% and 75%, respectively, of our Medicare payments to providers, a small number of Medicare providers operate under specialized capitated risk arrangements in order to more efficiently align our interests and reduce our risk. Under these arrangements, we establish a risk fund for each provider based on a percentage of premium paid, which is evaluated on an individual or group basis, subject to monitoring and analysis by our actuaries. Based on this analysis, we estimate the amount, if any, due to the provider and establish a liability and pay the applicable provider on a periodic basis, to the extent that the balance exceeds claim payments.

     Out-of-Network Providers

      When our members receive services for which we are responsible from a provider with whom we have not contracted, such as in the case of emergency room services from non-contracted hospitals, we generally attempt to negotiate a rate with that provider. In some cases, we are obligated to pay the full rate billed by the provider.

Sales and Marketing Programs

      Our sales force consists of approximately 506 associates who focus their efforts on individuals and communities, as opposed to employer groups. We believe that our targeted sales and marketing efforts are primarily responsible for our rapid membership growth in several of our markets.

      We employ a disciplined approach to sales and marketing by measuring the return on investment of our key sales and marketing activities. This approach allows us to emphasize those activities that we have determined to be effective and eliminate others than have not provided us with an acceptable return on investment.

      As of September 30, 2004, our sales force was deployed in our markets as follows:

         
Number of
Market Associates


Florida
    247  
New York
    162  
Illinois
    76  
Connecticut
    21  
Louisiana
     

      We do not utilize a sales force in Indiana because members in that state choose their providers, each of which is associated with a particular Medicaid plan, as opposed to choosing an HMO directly.

      In addition, we use third-party brokers and agents to help us promote our plans in some Medicare markets. In some cases, these parties receive payment for referrals that our associates process, while in other cases we pay the brokers and agents for completing the applications themselves. The activities of these brokers and agents are regulated by the states and CMS.

      Our marketing efforts involve designing attractive benefit packages and generating interest in our programs among individuals. Our sales efforts involve promoting the product in the communities we serve at events and in conversations with eligible individuals.

62



Table of Contents

      In general, the lead-generation components of our marketing efforts are more heavily concentrated on our Medicare products, where the return on investment for such activities has proven to be higher. Through our strong relationships with providers and community leaders, our Medicaid and Medicare sales teams employ promotions activities and other techniques to develop interest among eligible populations.

      Our sales and marketing programs have been developed on a localized basis with a focus on the communities in which our members reside. We often conduct our sales programs in churches, community centers and in coordination with government agencies. We regularly participate in local events and festivals and organize community health fairs to promote our products and the benefits of preventative care. We also utilize traditional marketing methods such as direct mail, telemarketing, mass media and cooperative advertising with participating medical groups to generate leads.

      Consistent with our community-focused approach, we employ a culturally diverse sales staff, with more than six languages represented, including Spanish, Russian and Chinese. This allows us to target specific demographic markets, including markets requiring specific language skills and knowledge.

      Our marketing and sales activities are heavily regulated by CMS and the states. For example, our sales and marketing materials must be approved in advance by the applicable regulatory authority. In addition, our sales activities are subject to various restrictions. We are allowed to engage in various selling activities, such as conveying information regarding the benefits of preventative care, describing the operations of managed care plans and providing information about eligibility requirements. In Florida and New York, we can assist in the enrollment process. See “Regulation” for a further description of restrictions on marketing and sales activities.

Quality Improvement

      We continually strive to improve the quality of care provided to our members. We believe that continuous improvement in the delivery of quality care and measurement of the results of quality improvement efforts will be driving factors in the continued growth of managed care.

      Our Quality Improvement Program provides the basis for our quality and utilization management functions and outlines specific, ongoing processes designed to improve the delivery of quality healthcare services to our members, as well as to ensure compliance with regulatory and accreditation standards. Our Quality Improvement Committee is chaired by our President and Chief Executive Officer and includes all senior executive management and other key company associates as members. The Quality Improvement Committee also has a number of subcommittees that are charged with monitoring certain aspects of care and service, such as healthcare utilization, pharmacy services and provider credentialing/recredentialing. Several of our subcommittees include physicians as members.

      Our Quality Improvement Program is evaluated annually and revised as necessary to address recent developments and areas of improvement. Elements of our Quality Improvement Program include the following:

  evaluation of the effects of particular preventative measures;
 
  member satisfaction surveys;
 
  grievance and appeals processes for members and providers;
 
  orientation visits to, and site audits of, select providers;
 
  provider credentialing and recredentialing;
 
  ongoing member education programs;
 
  ongoing provider education programs;
 
  regulatory compliance;
 
  health plan accreditation; and
 
  medical record audits.

63



Table of Contents

      As part of our Quality Improvement Program, we have implemented changes to our reimbursement methods to reward those providers who encourage preventative care, such as well-child check-ups and prenatal care. In addition, we have specialized systems to support our quality improvement activities. Information is drawn from our systems to identify opportunities to improve care and to track the outcomes of the services provided to achieve those improvements. Some examples of our intervention programs include:

  a prenatal case management program to help women with high-risk pregnancies deliver full-term, healthy infants;
 
  a program to reduce the number of inappropriate emergency room visits;
 
  a disease management program to decrease the need for emergency room visits and hospitalizations for asthma, congestive heart failure and diabetes patients; and
 
  a wound management program to redirect specialized care to the home setting, resulting in improved patient outcomes and reduced cost of care.

      We believe that these efforts have resulted in improvements in the quality of care our members receive, while reducing our medical costs. As a result of our Quality Improvement Program, we have received accreditation from the Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care, or AAAHC, in the State of Florida, and this accreditation was recently renewed for a three-year term.

Corporate Compliance

      Due to the increasingly complex ethical and legal questions facing all participants in the healthcare industry, we have unified our corporate ethics and compliance policies by implementing a comprehensive corporate ethics and compliance program, called the Trust Program. The Trust Program covers all aspects of our company and is designed to assist us with conducting our business in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and high standards of business ethics. The Trust Program contains the following elements:

  written standards of conduct;
 
  designation of a corporate compliance officer and compliance committee;
 
  effective training and education;
 
  effective lines for reporting and communication;
 
  enforcement of standards through disciplinary guidelines and actions;
 
  internal monitoring and auditing; and
 
  prompt response to detected offenses and development of corrective action plans.

      Our board of directors has designated our General Counsel to serve as our Chief Compliance Officer, with the assistance of a Corporate Compliance Committee, to have the authority to implement the Trust Program. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for coordinating the efforts of all associates involved in the Trust Program. Additionally, our board of directors has authorized the Chief Compliance Officer to convene a Corporate Compliance Committee consisting of several of our senior executives.

      Our associates who handle corporate compliance work within our Legal Services area and assist the Corporate Compliance Committee in implementing and monitoring the Trust Program. All associates within the Legal Services area, all department directors in each area, and certain others as needed, are designated as “Compliance Coordinators” to assist in implementing and monitoring the Trust Program. In that capacity, the Compliance Coordinators are responsible for ensuring compliance within their areas of operations and for reporting suspected violations of the Trust Program, applicable federal and state laws, and our high standards of business ethics.

      We maintain and update training and monitoring programs to educate our directors, associates and independent contractors on the legal and regulatory requirements of their respective duties and positions and to detect possible violations. These programs include additional written policies, informational handouts and

64



Table of Contents

memoranda or, when appropriate, training seminars in selected areas. We will continue to monitor and promote compliance with new federal and state laws and regulations. To help ensure compliance with the Trust Program, we also conduct regular, periodic compliance audits by internal and external auditors and compliance staff who have expertise in federal and state healthcare laws and regulations.

Competition

      In the Medicaid managed care market, our principal competitors for state contracts, members and providers include the following types of organizations:

  Primary Care Case Management Programs. Programs established by the states through contracts with primary care providers to provide to the Medicaid recipient primary care services, on a non-capitated, non-risk basis, as well as to provide limited oversight over other services.
 
  Commercial HMOs. National and regional commercial managed care organizations that have Medicaid members in addition to members in private commercial plans.
 
  Medicaid HMOs. Managed care organizations that focus solely on providing healthcare services to Medicaid recipients, typically on a capitated, full-risk basis. Many of these competitors operate in a single or small number of geographic locations. There are a few multi-state Medicaid-only organizations that tend to be larger in size and therefore able to leverage their infrastructure over a larger membership base.

      In the Medicare managed care market, our primary competitors for contracts, members and providers are national and regional commercial managed care organizations that serve Medicare recipients and provider-sponsored organizations. MMA may cause a number of commercial managed care organizations already in our service areas to decide to enter the Medicare market. MMA also creates a new competitive bidding process beginning in 2006 for setting the payment and the beneficiary premium and benefits, without limiting the number of bidders that may provide the benefits. We are currently evaluating the effects of MMA and the implications for our business.

      We will continue to face varying levels of competition as we expand in our existing service areas or enter new markets. However, the licensing requirements and bidding and contracting procedures in some states present barriers to entry into the Medicaid and Medicare managed care markets.

      Many of our competitors are large companies that have greater financial, technological and marketing resources than we do. The competition we face in each of our markets is as follows:

  •   Florida: Our Medicaid plans collectively have approximately 53% market share in Florida, based on membership. These plans face competition from approximately 10 competitors statewide, including Amerigroup Corporation, with approximately 21% of the market, and Humana, Inc., with approximately 8% of the market. Our Medicare plan in Florida has an approximately 8% market share, the fourth largest in the state. We compete with 15 other Medicare managed care plans in Florida. These competitors include Humana, Inc., UnitedHealthcare of Florida, Inc. and CarePlus Health Plans, Inc., which collectively have an approximately 60% market share.
 
  New York: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 2.3% market share in New York. Our plans face competition from over 30 competitors in New York, including Health Insurance Plan of Greater New York, Inc. and HealthFirst PHSP, Inc., each with approximately 10% of the market, and others such as Fidelis Care New York, Health Plus PHSP, Inc., MetroPlus Health Plan, Inc., CarePlus Health Plan and Affinity Health Plan, each with less than 10% of the market.
 
  Connecticut: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 10% market share in Connecticut, and face competition from three main competitors: Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, with approximately 43% of the market, HealthNet, Incorporated, with approximately 30% of the market, and Community Health Network of Connecticut, with approximately 17% of the market.

65



Table of Contents

  Illinois: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 38% market share in Illinois. These plans face competition from three main competitors: Amerigroup, with approximately 21% of the market, UnitedHealth Group Incorporated, with approximately 17% of the market, and Humana, with approximately 12% of the market.
 
  Indiana: Our Medicaid plans have approximately 9% market share in Indiana, and face competition from two main competitors: Centene Corporation, with approximately 30% of the market, and MDwise, Inc., with approximately 25% of the market.

      We compete with other managed care organizations for public-sector healthcare program contracts, members and providers. States and the federal government generally use either a competitive bidding process or award individual contracts to any applicant that can demonstrate that it meets the government’s requirements. To select a winning bid or award a contract, state governments and the federal government consider many factors, including the plan’s provider network, quality and utilization management processes, responsiveness to member complaints and grievances, timeliness of claims payment and financial resources.

      People who wish to enroll in a managed care plan or change plans typically choose a plan based on a specific provider being part of the network, the quality of care and service offered, ease of access to services and the availability of supplemental benefits.

      In addition, beginning in 2006, a new regional Medicare Preferred Provider Organization, or Medicare PPO, program will be implemented pursuant to MMA. Medicare PPOs would allow their members more flexibility to select physicians than the current Medicare Advantage plans, such as HMOs, which often require members to coordinate with a primary care physician. Regional Medicare PPO plans will compete with local Medicare Advantage HMO plans, including the plans we offer.

      We also compete with other managed care organizations to enter into contracts with physicians, physician groups and other providers. We believe the factors that independent physicians, physician groups and other providers consider in deciding whether to contract with us include potential member volume, payment methods, timeliness of claims payment, incentive programs and administrative service capabilities.

Regulation

      Our healthcare operations are regulated by both state and federal government agencies. Regulation of managed care products and healthcare services is an evolving area of law that varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Regulatory agencies generally have discretion to issue regulations and interpret and enforce laws and rules. Changes in applicable laws and rules occur frequently. See “Risk Factors — We are subject to extensive government regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations applicable to us could reduce our revenues and profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating results.”

      In order to operate a health plan, we must apply for and obtain a certificate of authority or license from each state in which we intend to operate. However, starting in 2006, CMS has proposed that regional Medicare Advantage plans that operate in more than one state may apply for a waiver so that the plan will initially only need a license from one state within a region, provided, however, that each such plan has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services that it has filed the necessary applications to meet the requirements of such other states in the region. Our health plans are licensed to operate as health maintenance organizations in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois, Indiana, and Louisiana. In those jurisdictions, we are regulated by both the state insurance departments and another state agency with responsibility for oversight of health management organizations. The licensing requirements are the same for us as they are for commercial managed healthcare organizations. We generally must demonstrate to the state, among other things, that:

  we have an adequate provider network;
 
  our quality and utilization management processes comply with state requirements;
 
  we have procedures in place for responding to member and provider complaints and grievances;

66



Table of Contents

  our systems are capable of processing providers’ claims in a timely fashion and for collecting and analyzing the information needed to manage our business; and
 
  we have the financial resources necessary to pay our anticipated medical care expenses and the infrastructure needed to account for our costs.

      Each of our health plans is required to report quarterly, if not monthly, on its performance to the appropriate regulatory agency in the state in which the health plan is licensed. Each plan also undergoes periodic examinations and reviews by the applicable state. The plans generally must obtain approval from the state before declaring dividends in excess of certain thresholds. Each plan must maintain a net worth in an amount determined by statute or regulation and we may only invest in types of investments approved by the state. Any acquisition of another plan’s members must also be approved by the state in which the plan is located.

      In addition, our Medicaid and SCHIP activities are regulated by each state’s department of health services or equivalent agency, and our Medicare activities are regulated by CMS. These agencies typically require demonstration of the same capabilities mentioned above and perform periodic audits of performance, usually annually.

     Medicaid

      Medicaid was established under the U.S. Social Security Act of 1965 to provide medical assistance to low income and disabled citizens. It is state-operated and implemented, although it is funded by both the state and federal governments. Our contracts with the state Medicaid programs place additional requirements on us. Within broad guidelines established by the federal government, each state:

  establishes its own eligibility standards;
 
  determines the type, amount, duration and scope of services;
 
  sets the rate of payment for services; and
 
  administers its own program.

      Some states, such as those in which we operate, award contracts to applicants that can demonstrate that they meet the state’s requirements. Other states engage in a competitive bidding process for all or certain programs. We must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the state Medicaid program that we are able to meet the state’s operational and financial requirements. These requirements are in addition to those required for a license and are targeted to the specific needs of the Medicaid population. For example:

  we must measure provider access and availability in terms of the time needed to reach the doctor’s office using public transportation;
 
  our quality improvement programs must emphasize member education and outreach and include measures designed to promote utilization of preventative services;
 
  we must have linkages with schools, city or county health departments, and other community-based providers of healthcare, in order to demonstrate our ability to coordinate all of the sources from which our members may receive care;
 
  we must have the capability to meet the needs of the disabled and others with “special needs”;
 
  our providers and member service representatives must be able to communicate with members who do not speak English or who are deaf; and
 
  our member handbook, newsletters and other communications must be written at the prescribed reading level and must be available in languages other than English.

      In addition, we must demonstrate that we have the systems required to process enrollment information, to report on care and services provided, and to process claims for payment in a timely fashion. We must also have

67



Table of Contents

adequate financial resources needed to protect the state, our providers and our members against the risk of our insolvency.

      Once awarded, our contracts generally have terms of one to two years, with renewal options at the discretion of the states.

      In addition to the operating requirements listed above, the contracts with the states and regulatory provisions applicable to us generally set forth in great detail provisions relating to:

  subcontractors;
 
  marketing;
 
  safeguarding of member information;
 
  fraud and abuse reporting; and
 
  grievance procedures.

      Our health plans are subject to periodic financial and informational reporting and comprehensive quality assurance evaluations. We submit periodic utilization reports and other information to the state or county Medicaid program of our operations.

     Medicare

      Medicare is a federal program that provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Medicare beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a Medicare Advantage plan as an HMO benefit in areas where such a plan is offered. Under Medicare Advantage, managed care plans contract with CMS to provide comparable Medicare benefits as a traditional fee-for-service Medicare in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the county in which a member resides.

      On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed MMA, which made numerous changes to the Medicare program, including expanding the Medicare program to include a prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006, a transitional drug discount card that as of June 2004 enables Medicare beneficiaries to obtain discounts on drugs prior to receiving drug coverage in 2006, and expanding the Medicare+Choice program and renaming it “Medicare Advantage.” Medicare Advantage plans are eligible to sponsor the drug discount card and transitional assistance program as well as the new prescription drug plan. CMS, however, may limit the number of prescription drug plan sponsors and endorsed drug card sponsors that are selected in a particular area. We offer an approved drug discount card in certain markets.

      MMA creates the drug discount card and transitional assistance program as an interim program until the new drug benefit goes into effect January 1, 2006. The voluntary drug discount card program will enable Medicare beneficiaries to pay a fixed fee to access discounts on drugs. Certain low income beneficiaries may enroll in the transitional assistance program and receive a subsidy of up to $600 per year for certain covered drugs that are purchased using the drug discount card. A Medicare Advantage plan may apply to be an endorsed sponsor of the drug card as a stand alone product or may apply to offer the drug discount card exclusively to its enrollees. The drug discount card program went into effect in June 2004 and sponsors may continue to enroll eligible individuals through December 31, 2005. In 2006, endorsed card sponsors must honor the drug card until the end of a transition period which runs until the date of the individual’s enrollment in a new drug benefit or the end of the drug benefit enrollment period.

      Under MMA, commencing in 2006, a new voluntary prescription drug benefit will be available under Medicare. Medicare beneficiaries will pay a monthly premium for the covered outpatient drug benefit offered through a private drug plan. The drug benefit is subject to certain cost sharing. Under the standard drug coverage, for 2006, the cost sharing is a $250 deductible, 25% coinsurance for annual drug costs reimbursed by Medicare, up to $2,250, and no reimbursement for drug costs above $2,250, until the beneficiary has paid $3,600. After that, MMA provides catastrophic stop loss coverage for annual incurred drug costs in excess of $3,600, subject to nominal cost-sharing. Plans are not required to mirror these limits; instead, drug plans are

68



Table of Contents

required to provide coverage that is at least actuarially equivalent to the standard drug coverage delineated in the MMA. These numbers will be adjusted on an annual basis. MMA provides subsidies and the reduction or elimination of cost sharing for certain low-income beneficiaries, including dual-eligible individuals who receive benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. This new drug benefit will be offered by new regional prescription drug plans. Medicare Advantage organizations must offer a plan with the drug benefit. In addition, Medicare Advantage plans may bid to offer a stand-alone prescription drug plan that beneficiaries who have fee for service Medicare may elect.

      MMA also revises payment methodologies for Medicare Advantage organizations beginning in 2004, and in 2006 MMA expands the Medicare Advantage program to include, in addition to the traditional HMO and fee-for-service plans established by county, new regional plans which will provide out-of-network benefits in addition to in-network benefits. The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, will create 10 to 50 regions, each of which may include more than one state or portions of a particular state. MMA creates a new competitive bidding process beginning in 2006 for both the local HMO plan and the new regional plan for setting the payment to the Medicare Advantage plan and the beneficiary premium and benefits. The bidding process does not limit the number of plans that may participate in the Medicare Advantage program.

      MMA shifts coverage responsibility for the drug benefit for dual-eligible individuals. Starting January 1, 2006, dual-eligibles will receive their drug coverage from the Medicare program and not the Medicaid program.

 
SCHIP Programs

      The State Children’s Health Insurance Program, or SCHIP, is a federal and state matching program designed to help states expand health insurance to children whose families earn too much to qualify for traditional Medicaid, yet not enough to afford private health insurance. States have the option of administering SCHIP through their existing Medicaid programs, creating separate programs or combining both strategies. The SCHIP programs in Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana are administered by the same agency that administers the state’s Medicaid program. Currently, all 50 states, the District of Columbia and all U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and many states continue to submit plan amendments to further expand coverage under SCHIP.

 
HIPAA

      In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, together with its regulations, HIPAA. HIPAA is intended to improve the portability and continuity of health insurance coverage and simplify the administration of health insurance claims. All health plans, including ours, are subject to HIPAA. HIPAA generally requires health plans to:

  protect the privacy of patient health information through the implementation of appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards; and
 
  establish the capability to receive and transmit electronically certain administrative healthcare transactions, such as claims payments, in a standardized format.

      We believe we have or will have met the HIPAA deadlines for the adoption and implementation of appropriate policies and procedures. However, given its complexity, the recent adoption of several final regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and may be subject to changing and perhaps conflicting interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA requirements is uncertain.

 
Fraud and Abuse Laws

      Federal and state governments have made a priority of investigating and prosecuting healthcare fraud and abuse. Fraud and abuse prohibitions encompass a wide range of operating activities, including kickbacks or other inducements for referral of members or for the coverage of products (such as prescription drugs) by a health plan, billing for unnecessary medical services, improper marketing and violation of patient privacy

69



Table of Contents

rights. Companies involved in public healthcare programs such as Medicaid and Medicare are often the subject of fraud and abuse investigations. The regulations and contractual requirements applicable to participants in these public-sector programs are complex and subject to change. Although we believe that we have structured our compliance program with care in an effort to meet all statutory and regulatory requirements, ongoing vigorous law enforcement and the highly technical regulatory scheme mean that our compliance efforts in this area will continue to require significant resources.
 
Required Statutory Capital

      By law, regulation and government policy, our HMO subsidiaries, which we refer to as our regulated subsidiaries, are required to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth. The minimum statutory net worth requirements differ by state and are generally based on a percentage of annualized premium revenue, a percentage of annualized healthcare costs or risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements. The RBC requirements are based on guidelines established by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, and are administered by the states. Currently, our Illinois, Indiana, Connecticut and Louisiana operations are subject to RBC requirements. If adopted, the RBC requirements may be modified as each state legislature deems appropriate for that state. The RBC formula, based on asset risk, underwriting risk, credit risk, business risk and other factors, generates the authorized control level, or ACL, which represents the amount of net worth believed to be required to support the regulated entity’s business. For states in which the RBC requirements have been adopted, the regulated entity typically must maintain a minimum of the greater of the required ACL or the minimum statutory net worth requirement calculated pursuant to pre-RBC guidelines. In addition to the foregoing requirements, our regulated subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to make dividend payments, loans and other transfers of cash.

      The statutory framework for our regulated subsidiaries’ statutory net worth requirements may change over time. For instance, RBC requirements may be adopted by the states in which we operate. These subsidiaries are also subject to their state regulators’ overall oversight powers. For example, New York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in reserve requirements over a six-year period, to which our New York business would be subject. Those regulators could require our subsidiaries to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth in excess of the amount required under the applicable state laws if the regulators determine that maintaining such additional statutory net worth is in the best interest of our members.

 
Marketing

      The marketing activities of Medicare managed care plans are strictly regulated by CMS. CMS must approve all marketing materials before they can be used unless a plan uses standard marketing materials that have already been approved by CMS. Federal law precludes states from imposing additional marketing restrictions on Medicare managed care plans. However, states remain free to regulate, and typically do regulate, the marketing activities of plans that enroll Medicaid and commercial beneficiaries.

      Likewise, our Medicaid marketing efforts are highly regulated by the states in which we operate, each of which imposes different requirements and restrictions on Medicaid marketing. In general, the states in which we operate can impose a variety of sanctions for marketing violations, or for alleged violations, including fines, a suspension of marketing and/or a suspension of new enrollment. For example, the state of Connecticut recently imposed a prohibition of marketing on our Connecticut plan as the result of allegedly having engaged in a repeated practice of marketing violations. The state has since lifted the marketing prohibition after imposing a monetary fine and accepting our corrective action plan.

Technology

      A foundation of our approach to managed care is the accurate and timely capture, processing and analysis of critical data. Focusing on data is essential to our being able to operate our business in a cost effective

70



Table of Contents

manner. Data processing and data-driven decision making are key components of both administrative efficiency and medical cost management. We have successfully developed a system that enables our management team to better assess and control medical costs. Our system gathers information from our centralized computer-based information system, Perot Systems’ Diamond 950 software, an enterprise software solution designed to be scalable to accommodate growth. In a study by the manufacturer, the Diamond system demonstrated scalability to more than 6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. This system supports our core transaction processing functions and is designed to be scalable to accommodate internal growth and growth from acquisitions. Its integrated database architecture helps to assure that consistent sources of claim and member information are provided across all of our health plans. We use our information system for premium billing, claims processing, utilization management, reporting, medical cost trending, planning and analysis. The system also supports member and provider service functions, including enrollment, member eligibility verification, primary care and specialist physician roster access, claims status inquiries, and referrals and authorizations. We anticipate migrating Harmony, which we acquired in June 2004, from its current claims processing software to the Diamond 950 system in 2005.

      We are in the process of implementing a comprehensive disaster recovery and business continuity plan. We have contracted with SunGard Recovery Services LP to provide these services, and recently implemented the disaster recovery and emergency mode operations systems. We expect that our business continuity plan will be completed in 2005.

Employees

      As of September 30, 2004, we had approximately 1,622 full-time associates. Our associates are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. The following table summarizes our associates by state:

         
State Associates


Florida
    1,070  
New York
    247  
Connecticut
    55  
Illinois
    221  
Indiana
    29  
Louisiana
     

      We believe we have good relations with our associates.

Facilities

      Our principal administrative, sales and marketing facilities are located at our headquarters in Tampa, Florida. We currently occupy approximately 140,000 square feet of office space in the Tampa facility for a term that is scheduled to expire in 2011. We also lease office space for our health plans in New York, New York, North Haven, Connecticut, Chicago, Illinois, Gary, Indiana and Baton Rouge, Louisiana, as well as in other locations within those states. We believe these facilities are suitable and provide the appropriate level of capacity for our current operations.

Legal Proceedings

      We are involved in legal actions in the normal course of business, some of which seek monetary damages, including claims for punitive damages, which are not covered by insurance. These actions, when finally concluded and determined, will not, in our opinion, have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      We believe that we have obtained adequate insurance or rights to indemnification or, where appropriate, have established adequate reserves in connection with these legal proceedings.

71



Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

      Our directors, executive officers and other management associates and their respective ages and positions as of December 16, 2004 are as follows:

             
Name Age Position



Executive Officers and Directors:
           
Todd S. Farha
    36     President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Paul L. Behrens
    43     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thaddeus Bereday
    39     Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Ace Hodgin, M.D. 
    48     Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer
Kate Longworth-Gentry
    47     Senior Vice President, Operations & Technology
Heath Schiesser
    37     Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales
Rupesh Shah
    42     Senior Vice President, Market Expansion
Randall Zomermaand
    54     Senior Vice President, Health Services
Imtiaz (“MT”) Sattaur
    41     President, Florida
Regina Herzlinger
    61     Director
Kevin Hickey
    53     Director
Alif Hourani
    51     Director
Glen R. Johnson, M.D. 
    61     Director
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr. 
    42     Director
Christian P. Michalik
    35     Director
Neal Moszkowski
    38     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Jane Swift
    40     Director
Key Associates:
           
Robert Currie
    53     Chief Operating Officer, Indiana
Gretchen Demartini
    51     Vice President, Human Resources
Kevin P. Enterlein
    40     Vice President, Network Development
John J. Esslinger, M.D. 
    52     Medical Director
Enrique Diaz-Granados
    45     Vice President, Corporate Sales
William L. Kale
    55     Vice President, Behavioral Health
Keith Kudla
    40     President, Illinois
Tammaji Kulkarni, M.D. 
    52     Medical Director
Vince P. Kunz, M.D. 
    57     Medical Director
Ron Menzin, M.D. 
    51     Medical Director
Larry Mitchum
    59     Vice President, Louisiana
Stephen W. Ogilvie
    56     Vice President, Operations
Daniel Parietti
    41     Chief Operating Officer, New York
Jeffrey Potter
    31     Vice President, Corporate Development & Investor Relations
John L. Sirera
    53     Vice President, Pharmacy
Brendan R. Shanahan
    42     Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis
Alan R. Smith, M.D. 
    55     Medical Director
David K. Smith
    49     Interim Chief Operating Officer, Connecticut
William S. White
    41     Corporate Controller
David Wilcox, M.D. 
    51     Medical Director
Diane Wilkosz
    45     Vice President, Provider Operations

72



Table of Contents

Executive Officers

      Todd S. Farha has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since May 2002. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Best Doctors, Inc., a provider of information and referral services for patients suffering from critical illnesses. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2002, Mr. Farha served as President and Chief Executive Officer of a company he founded, Medical Technology Management LLC, a provider of shared medical equipment and services for physicians and hospitals. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Specialty Management, a subsidiary of Oxford Health Plans focusing on the management of acute clinical conditions in six specialty areas. In 1995, Mr. Farha served in the Office of the Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Health Plans. Prior to that, from 1990 to 1993, he held various positions with Physician Corporation of America, a Florida-based health plan focused on Medicaid recipients. Mr. Farha received his undergraduate degree from Trinity University and a masters of business administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Farha is a cousin of Mr. Hourani.

      Paul L. Behrens has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Behrens was a partner in the healthcare practice of Ernst & Young LLP, which he joined in 1983. Mr. Behrens received his undergraduate degree from Dana College. Mr. Behrens is a certified public accountant.

      Thaddeus Bereday has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since November 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Bereday was a partner at Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, LLP, and from 2000 to 2001, he was a partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Bereday served as Vice President and General Counsel of SmarTalk TeleServices, Inc., a publicly-traded telecommunications company, and as its President and Acting General Counsel from 1999 to 2000, after the company filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Mr. Bereday received his undergraduate degree from Brown University and a juris doctor, magna cum laude, from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.

      Ace Hodgin, M.D. has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer since July 2004. From June 2003 to July 2004, Dr. Hodgin served as the Medical Director for HealthCare Partners, a New York based managed care provider. From 1994 to 2002, Dr. Hodgin served in several different capacities with PacifiCare Health Systems, Inc., including as President and Chief Executive Officer of PacifiCare of Arizona, Regional Vice President, Desert Region and Senior Vice President, PPO Product. From 1991 to 1994, Dr. Hodgin served as the Director of Medical Examination and Associate Dean for Clinical Education at the Summa Health System, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine. Prior to that, he served as the Medical Services Administrator for the Maricopa Medical Center from 1985 to 1991 and as a Staff Physician for CIGNA Healthplan of Arizona from 1984 to 1985. Dr. Hodgin was appointed to serve on the Arizona Governor’s Advisory Council on Quality from 1997 to 2001 and served on the Arizona Select Task Force on Managed Care Reform in 1999. Dr. Hodgin received his undergraduate degree and his doctorate from the University of Arizona. He has also received a Masters in Health Administration for the University of Colorado.

      Kate Longworth-Gentry has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations & Technology since May 2004. From July 1999 to May 2004, Ms. Longworth-Gentry worked with HealthNet, Inc. in several capacities, including Senior Vice President, Health Plan Operations. From November 1998 to July 1999, Ms. Longworth-Gentry served as Senior Vice President, Commercial Call Center Operations of First Union, N.A. Ms. Longworth-Gentry has over 25 years experience in the financial services and insurance industries. Ms. Longworth-Gentry attended Augustana College.

      Heath Schiesser has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales since July 2002. Prior to that, from May 2002 to July 2002, Mr. Schiesser was a consultant to us. For part of 2001, Mr. Schiesser served as Vice President of the Emerging Business Group at Enron Corporation. In 2000 and 2001, Mr. Schiesser served as a Managing Director at Idealab, an investment firm that developed and funded seed-stage businesses. During 2000, he lead the turnaround and sale of an Idealab portfolio company, iExchange, as President and Chief Executive Officer. From 1998 to 1999, he co-founded and served as the Vice-President of Business Development for YourPharmacy.com, which was sold in October 1999. From 1993 to 1998,

73



Table of Contents

Mr. Schiesser worked at McKinsey & Company, an international management consulting firm. Mr. Schiesser received his undergraduate degree from Trinity University and a masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.

      Rupesh Shah has served as our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion since July 2002. From 1994 to 2002, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Well Care HMO, Inc., one of our predecessor companies, of which he was also a co-founder. Mr. Shah received his bachelor’s degrees from St. Xavier’s College and Gujarat University in India and received his masters of business administration from the University of South Florida.

      Randall Zomermaand has served as our Senior Vice President, Health Services since May 2003. From October 1997 to May 2003, Mr. Zomermaand served as President of Zomermaand Management Services, Inc., a healthcare consulting company, where he worked with numerous healthcare companies, including us from September 2002 to May 2003. Mr. Zomermaand received his undergraduate degree from Hope College and his masters of business administration from Fordham University.

      Imtiaz (“MT”) Sattaur has served as the President of our Florida business since April 2004 and as Senior Vice President, Medicare from January 2004 to April 2004. From October 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Sattaur served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Amerigroup Florida, Inc. From April 1999 to September 2002, Mr. Sattaur served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Affinity Health Plan in New York. Mr. Sattaur has over 20 years experience in health and managed care. Mr. Sattaur received his undergraduate degree from Florida International University.

Non-Employee Directors

      Regina Herzlinger has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Dr. Herzlinger is the Nancy R. McPherson Professor of Business Administration at the Harvard Business School and has been teaching at Harvard since 1971. She is a member of the board of directors of Zimmer Holdings, Inc. Dr. Herzlinger received her undergraduate degree from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her doctorate from the Harvard Business School.

      Kevin Hickey has been a member of our board of directors since November 2002. Since 1999, Mr. Hickey has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held application service provider that provides insurance payors with capabilities for enhancing claim processing efficiency and productivity. From 1997 until 1998, Mr. Hickey was Executive Vice President of Operations and Technology for Oxford Health Plans. Mr. Hickey has also served as a director of the American Association of Preferred Provider Organizations from 1999 until 2002; a director of First Health/HealtheSolutions, a privately-held company, since 1982; a director of Benefit Management Group, a privately-held company, since 1997; a director of Healthaxis Inc., a technology and business process services firm for the health benefits industry, since 2001; and a director of HealthMarket, Inc., a consumer directed health plan, since 2002. Mr. Hickey received his undergraduate degree from Harvard University, a masters in health services administration from the University of Michigan and a juris doctor from Loyola College of Law.

      Alif Hourani has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Since 1997, Mr. Hourani has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pulse Systems, Inc. a practice management and clinical records software company. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Hourani held various positions, including Chief Executive Officer of Physician Corporation of America/Data Systems, Senior Vice President of Management Information Systems of Physician Corporation of America, and Manager of Computer Engineering at the Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Corporation. Mr. Hourani received his undergraduate degree from the University of Lyon and his masters of science degree and doctorate degrees from the University of Strasbourg. Mr. Hourani is a cousin of Mr. Farha.

      Glen R. Johnson, M.D. has been a member of our board of directors since February 2004. Since May 1998, Dr. Johnson has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Health Choice, Inc., a managed health care organization that provides healthcare services to Medicaid members in the Houston, Texas area. Since March 2003, Dr. Johnson has also served as an expert consultant to the Texas State Board

74



Table of Contents

of Medical Examiners, and since 1999 he has been a clinical associate professor in the Department of Family Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston. From 1990 to October 1997, Dr. Johnson served as Senior Vice President for Medical Affairs and as Corporate Chief Medical Officer of Physician Corporation of America. Dr. Johnson is a delegate of the American Academy of Family Physicians to the American Medical Association and is the former Vice President of The American Academy of Family Physicians. Dr. Johnson received his undergraduate degree and his doctorate from Howard University, and is a certified physician executive.

      Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr. has been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Mr. King-Shaw served as Senior Advisor to the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury from January 2003 to June 2003. From July 2001 to April 2003, Mr. King-Shaw served as Chief Operating Officer and Deputy Administrator of CMS. Prior to that, from January 1999 to July 2001, he served as Secretary of the Agency for Health Care Administration of the State of Florida. Mr. King-Shaw received his undergraduate degree from Cornell University and a masters of business administration from Florida International University.

      Christian P. Michalik has been a member of our Board of Directors since May 2002. Since July 2004, Mr. Michalik has served as Managing Director of Kinderhook Industries, a private equity investment firm, and prior to that was a partner in Soros Private Equity Partners LLC, the private equity investment business of Soros Fund Management LLC, from 1999 through 2003. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Michalik was an investment manager with Capital Resource Partners, a private equity investment firm. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Michalik was an associate at Colony Capital, a real estate investment firm. Mr. Michalik currently serves as a director of Notification Technologies, Inc., a provider of school-to-parent communications for emergency, attendance and community outreach, and RLX Technologies, Inc., a provider of modular computing solutions. Mr. Michalik received his undergraduate degree from Yale University and his masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.

      Neal Moszkowski has been the Chairman of our board of directors since May 2002. Mr. Moszkowski is a Managing Director and Co-Head of Soros Private Equity, the private equity investment business of Soros Fund Management LLC, where he has served since August 1998. From August 1993 to August 1998, Mr. Moszkowski worked for Goldman, Sachs & Co. and affiliates, where he served as a Vice President and an Executive Director in the Principal Investment Area. Mr. Moszkowski currently serves as a director of Bluefly, Inc., an online discount apparel retailer, Day International Group, Inc., a producer and distributor of precision-engineered products, Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation, a developer and marketer of medical products primarily for surgical and neurosurgical applications, and JetBlue Airways Corporation, a passenger airline. Mr. Moszkowski received his undergraduate degree from Amherst College and his masters of business administration from the Graduate School of Business of Stanford University.

      Jane Swift has been a member of our Board of Directors since November 3, 2004. Since May 2003, Ms. Swift has been a General Partner of Arcadia Partners, a venture capital firm focused exclusively on the for-profit education and training industry. From April 2001 until January 2003, Ms. Swift served as the Governor of Massachusetts. Prior thereto, she served as the Lieutenant Governor of Massachusetts from January 1999 until April 2001. Ms. Swift is a member of the Board of Directors of both Teachscape and the Brigham and Women’s Hospital.

Key Associates

      Robert Currie has served as Chief Operating Officer, Indiana since June, 2004 and as President/COO of Harmony Health Management, Inc. since December 2000. Mr. Currie provided consulting services to Harmony Health Plan between April 2000–November 2000. From October 1997 to June 1999 Robert was Vice President/COO of Americaid Texas, Inc. in Houston Texas. From June 1995–October 1997, Mr. Currie served as President/CEO of Unity HMO in Chicago, IL. Mr. Currie was with Humana Health Plans between 1984–1995, serving most recently as Associate Executive Director, Administration. Mr. Currie received his BA from Lawrence University in Appleton, Wisconsin and his Masters of urban planning and policy in healthcare from the University of Illinois at Chicago.

75



Table of Contents

      Gretchen Demartini has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since February 2003. From 2001 to 2003, Ms. Demartini was a consultant and did volunteer work, including serving on the boards of directors of local agencies. From 1995 to 2001, Ms. Demartini served as Vice President of Human Resources for First American Real Estate Information Services, a division of First American Corporation. Ms. Demartini received her undergraduate degree from Montclair State College and a masters degree from Stevens Institute of Technology.

      Kevin P. Enterlein has served as our Vice President, Network Development since April 2004, and prior to that served as our Vice President, Provider Contracting beginning in December 2003. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Enterlein worked with Aetna, Inc. in several capacities, including as Regional Vice President, Network Management. Mr. Enterlein received a degree from Westchester Community College.

      John J. Esslinger, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since January 2004. From 2001 to 2003, Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Aetna Healthcare, Inc. Prior to that, from 1999 to 2001, Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Paidos Health Management Services, Inc., a neonatal disease management company. Dr. Esslinger received his undergraduate degree and an M.D. from the University of Minnesota and a masters degree from Tulane University.

      Enrique Diaz-Granados has served as our Vice President, Corporate Sales since December 2003. From February 2003 through December 2003, Mr. Granados served as President of Diversified Consultant Services, a business that conducted sales efforts on behalf of Medicare plans (including ours) and sold other insurance products. From 1992 to 2003, Mr. Granados worked with Humana Health Care Plans in several capacities, including as Regional Vice President, Sales Public Programs. Mr. Granados received his undergraduate degree from the University of Tennessee.

      William L. Kale has served as our Vice President, Behavioral Health since November 2002 and was our Director of Behavioral Health from 1999 until November 2002. From 1985 to 1996, Dr. Kale was President of Professional Psychological Services, a behavioral health management company, which was sold to Horizon Health Corporation, where he continued as President until 1998. Dr. Kale received his undergraduate degree from Ohio State University and his masters and doctorate degrees from the University of South Florida.

      Keith Kudla has served as President, Illinois since October 2004. From November 2002 to October 2004, Mr. Kudla served as the Vice President of Finance and Network for Magellan Health Services, a national managed behavioral healthcare company. Prior to that, from September 1999 to March 2002, he was the Chief Financial Officer for United Healthcare of Illinois, and from March 1997 to August 1999, he was the Vice President of Finance and Operations for Prudential HealthCare Group Inc. Mr. Kudla served as Alliance Blue Cross and Blue Shield’s Commercial HMO Product Manager from September 1995 to April 1997. From March 1993 to August 1995, he was a Principal Consultant for Price Waterhouse L.L.P. Mr. Kudla received his undergraduate degree from the United State Air Force Academy and a masters degree from Harvard University.

      Tammaji Kulkarni, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since June 2002, when he joined us through our acquisition of Harmony Health Systems. Prior to joining Harmony in 2002, Dr. Kulkarni served as a medical director for the Meyer Medical Group, a large physician group based in Merrionette Park, Illinois, from 2001 to 2002. Prior to that, Dr. Kulkarni served as a Medical Director for BlueCross BlueShield of Illinois and Unicare Health Plans of the Midwest, and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Centra Physician Organization. Dr. Kulkarni received his undergraduate degree at the National College, Bangalore, India and he received his medical degree from Bangalore Medical College, Bangalore, India.

      Vince P. Kunz, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since February 2003. From 2000 to 2003, Dr. Kunz served as Market and Network Medical Director of CIGNA HealthCare of Florida. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2000, Dr. Kunz served as Medical Director of MVP Health Care, a not-for-profit health plan. Dr. Kunz received his undergraduate degree from College of Holy Cross and his M.D. from New Jersey Medical School.

      Ren Menzin, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since July 2004. From April 2000 to June 2004, Dr. Menzin held several positions with CIGNA Healthcare, including Senior Medical Executive and

76



Table of Contents

Medical Director. Prior to 2000, Dr. Menzin served as the lead physician at Massapequa Primary Medical Center in Massapeque, New York, following ten years of solo medical practice. Dr Menzin received his undergraduate degree from Hofstra University and his M.D. from the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland.

      Larry Mitchum has served as our Vice President, Louisiana since July 2003. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Mitchum served as the Chief Executive Officer of AHS Medical Research, Inc., a medical research and provider network management company. Prior to that, Mr. Mitchum served as the Chief Executive Officer of Humana Health Plans-Tampa from 1995 to 2000, and Community Health Network/United Healthcare from 1990 to 1995. From 1986 to 1990, he served as the Vice President of Network and HMO Development for Equicor Orlando/Tampa. Mr. Mitchum received his bachelors degree from the University of North Carolina.

      Stephen W. Ogilvie has served as our Vice President, Operations since October 2003. In 2003, Mr. Ogilvie served as Senior Account Manager, Healthcare Group of Perot Systems Corporation, a provider of information technology services and business solutions. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Ogilvie was Director—Government Business Practice and Director—Healthplan Practice of First Consulting Group, a provider of consulting, technology, applied research and outsourcing services to healthcare providers, health plan insurers, government healthcare and life sciences companies.

      Daniel Parietti has served as Chief Operating Officer of our New York business since April 2004, and prior to that served as the Vice President of that business beginning in September 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Parietti served as Chief Operating Officer of La Cruz Azul de Puerto Rico, a large health plan in Puerto Rico. Prior to that, from 2000 to 2001, Mr. Parietti served as Vice President, Network and Delivery Systems Management with Health Net, Inc. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Parietti worked with Humana, Inc. in several capacities, including as Associate Executive Director, Humana Puerto Rico. Mr. Parietti received his undergraduate degree from the United States Military Academy at West Point, and a masters of business administration from George Mason University.

      Jeffrey Potter has served as our Vice President, Corporate Development & Investor Relations since April 2004, and prior to that served as Director, Business Analysis beginning in May 2002. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Potter was Manager, Business Development at Best Doctors, Inc., a provider of information and referral services for patients suffering from critical illnesses. Prior to that, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Potter was a financial consultant with A.G. Edwards & Sons, a brokerage firm. Mr. Potter received his undergraduate degree from Princeton University.

      John L. Sirera has served as our Vice President, Pharmacy since September 2002. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sirera served as Regional Account Manager for Managed Markets Organization for Pharmacia Corporation. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Sirera was a consultant to AMD Specialty Pharmacy, where he acted as Vice President of Managed Care Services and a consultant to Florida Health Choice, where he acted as Pharmacy Director. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Sirera served as Operations Director, Eastern Region for Integrated Pharmaceutical Services. Mr. Sirera received his undergraduate degree from the University of Pittsburgh.

      Brendan R. Shanahan has served as our Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis since August 2003. From 2002 to August 2003, Mr. Shanahan was the Chief Financial Officer of Destiny Health, a consumer-focused health insurer. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Shanahan served as the Chief Financial Officer of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held application service provider that provides insurance payors with capabilities for enhancing claim processing efficiency and productivity. Mr. Shanahan received his undergraduate degree from The Citadel and a masters in business administration from Hofstra University. Mr. Shanahan is a certified public accountant.

      Alan R. Smith, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since February 2003. From 1996 to 2003, Dr. Smith served as Senior Regional Quality Management Medical Director for Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Southeast Region. Since 1998, Dr. Smith has served as a surveyor and advisor for the Patient Advisory Group of the National Committee for Quality Assurance. Dr. Smith received his undergraduate degree and M.D. from the University of Chicago.

77



Table of Contents

      David K. Smith has served as our interim Chief Operating Officer, Connecticut since November 2004. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Finance since August 2002. From 2000 to July 2002, Mr. Smith was President of David Kelsey Smith & Associates, an independent healthcare consultancy. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2000, Mr. Smith served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer Eye Care, a specialty physician practice management and managed care company. Mr. Smith received his undergraduate degree from Suffolk University and a masters degree from Cambridge College.

      William S. White has served as our Corporate Controller since March 2003. From 1997 to 2002, Mr. White held several positions, including Corporate Controller, at Blue Cross and Blue Shield of North Carolina. Prior to that, Mr. White was a senior manager in the financial services practice of Price Waterhouse, LLP. Mr. White received his undergraduate degree from North Carolina Wesleyan College. Mr. White is a certified public accountant.

      David Wilcox, M.D. has served as one of our Medical Directors since June 2004. From March 2002 to June 2004, Dr. Wilcox served on the emergency room attending staffs of four Connecticut hospitals. From December 1998 to March 2002, he served as a Medical Director and Associate Medical Director for ConnectiCare, Inc. From December 1998 to March 2002, Dr. Wilcox served in several different capacities, including Medical Director, for EmCare, Inc. Since 1983, Dr. Wilcox has served on the adjunct faculty of Northeastern University and since 1985, he has served as an emergency medicine expert legal witness. Dr. Wilcox received his undergraduate degree from Bates College and his M.D. from the University of Texas.

      Diane Wilkosz has served as our Vice President, Provider Operations since April 2004, and prior to that served as our Vice President, Provider Relations beginning in February 2003. From 1981 to 2002, Ms. Wilkosz worked with CIGNA HealthCare of Florida in several capacities, including as Vice President, Executive Director, Practice Management. Ms. Wilkosz received her undergraduate degree from the University of Buffalo and a masters of business administration from the University of Tampa.

Terms of Office

      At present, all directors are elected and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve until dismissed by, the board of directors.

      Our board is divided into three classes, which are required to be as nearly equal in number as possible, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Farha and Hickey and Dr. Herzlinger are in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2005 annual meeting of our stockholders. Messrs. King-Shaw and Michalik and Dr. Johnson are in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2006 annual meeting of our stockholders. Messrs. Hourani and Moszkowski and Ms. Swift are in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2007 annual meeting of our stockholders. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

Board Committees

      The audit committee of the board of directors makes recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants. The audit committee charter mandates that the audit committee approve all audit, audit-related, tax and other services conducted by our independent accountants. In addition, the committee reviews the plans, results and fees of the audit engagement with our independent public accountants, and any independence issues with our independent public accountants. The audit committee also reviews the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The current members of the audit committee are Mr. Michalik, Dr. Herzlinger and Ms. Swift.

      The compensation committee of the board of directors determines compensation for our executive officers and administers our equity plans. The compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Hickey, Hourani and Moszkowski.

78



Table of Contents

      The nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors nominates candidates for election to the board of directors and oversees corporate governance processes. The nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Messrs. Hourani, Michalik and Moszkowski.

Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements

      Todd S. Farha serves as our Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of our board of directors pursuant to an amended and restated employment agreement dated June 28, 2004. The agreement has an initial term of three years, commencing on July 31, 2002, and will automatically renew for an additional three-year period unless either party notifies the other that the term will not be extended. Under the agreement, Mr. Farha is entitled to an annual salary of $300,000, subject to annual review and potential increase by our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Farha is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established annually by our compensation committee. If Mr. Farha’s employment is terminated by us without cause, or by Mr. Farha for good reason, then Mr. Farha will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary for 12 months, or 24 months if the termination occurs after a change of control. He will also be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, payable one year after the date of termination, as well as continuation of benefits for 12 months following termination. We would also be obligated to make additional payments to Mr. Farha if he were to incur any excise taxes pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code on account of the benefits and payments provided under the agreement. The additional payments would be in an amount such that, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local taxes applicable to such additional payments, Mr. Farha would be able to retain from such additional payments an amount equal to the excise taxes that are imposed without regard to these additional payments. Mr. Farha has agreed not to compete with us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter, except that if Mr. Farha’s employment terminates because we notify him that the term of his agreement will not be renewed, the non-competition covenant will not apply following the term unless we elect to continue to pay him his base salary during that period.

      Paul Behrens serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Thaddeus Bereday serves as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and Heath Schiesser serves as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales, pursuant to employment agreements with us. Each agreement has an initial term of three years, and will automatically renew for successive additional one-year periods thereafter unless either party notifies the other that the term will not be extended. Under the agreements, Mr. Behrens is entitled to an annual salary of $275,000, Mr. Bereday is entitled to an annual salary of $250,000, and Mr. Schiesser is entitled to an annual salary of $250,000, in each case subject to annual review and potential increase by our board of directors. In addition, each is eligible to receive an annual bonus, payable in the form of cash or equity, based upon the satisfaction of performance criteria to be established annually by our compensation committee. If the employment of any of these executives is terminated by us without cause, or by the executive for good reason, the executive will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and benefits for 12 months following the date of termination. In addition, in the case of Mr. Schiesser, if the termination occurs within six months after a change of control has occurred or a definitive agreement providing for a change of control has been signed, or if a definitive agreement providing for a change of control is signed within six months after the date of termination, he would also be entitled to receive an amount equal to his expected potential bonus payable for the 12-month period following the termination. Each of the executives has agreed not to compete with us during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      No member of the compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

79



Table of Contents

Director Compensation

      We reimburse each member of our board of directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. We pay each member of our board who is not an associate an annual director’s fee of $25,000 for attending meetings of the board of directors and committee meetings. Upon the closing of the initial public offering, we granted to each member of our board who was not an associate, other than Mr. Moszkowski, an option to purchase 5,000 shares (or, in the case of Ms. Herzlinger, 10,000 shares) of our common stock, vesting over a four-year period, at a per share exercise price of $17.00. Upon Ms. Swift’s appointment to the board in November 2003, we granted Ms. Swift an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock, vesting over a four-year period, at a per share exercise price of $23.50. We may, in our discretion, grant additional stock options and other equity awards to our directors from time to time.

      During 2003, certain of our directors were given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A Common Units. As a result of those purchases, those directors were granted, for no additional consideration, a specified number of Class C Common Units, subject to vesting over a four-year period from the date of grant. Upon the completion of our reorganization, all of these units were converted into shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions remained in place. In May 2003, Mr. Hickey purchased 13,552 shares, and was granted 40,657 shares, under this program, and in September 2003, Dr. Herzlinger and Messrs. King-Shaw and Hourani each purchased 13,552 shares, and was granted 40,657 shares, under this program. In addition, in December 2003, Mr. Michalik purchased 7,730 shares of our common stock, and was granted options to purchase an additional 40,657 shares at an exercise price of $6.47 per share, subject to vesting over a four-year period commencing in June 2003. The aggregate price paid by each director for the shares purchased by him or her in 2003 was $50,000.

Executive Compensation

      The table below summarizes information concerning the compensation earned during 2003 for services rendered to us in all capacities by our chief executive officer and each of the executive officers listed below. The compensation table excludes other compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal benefits to a named executive officer where that compensation constituted less than the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of his total annual salary and bonus for such fiscal year. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time that the restricted stock awards were made.

80



Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

                                                           
Long-Term
Annual Compensation Compensation


Other Annual Securities All Other
Compensation Restricted Stock Underlying Compensation
Name and Principal Position Year Salary($) Bonus($) ($) Awards($) Options(#) ($)








Todd S. Farha
    2003     $ 300,000     $ 600,000     $ 65,427 (4)   $ (10)         $ 554 (15)
  President and Chief Executive Officer                                                        
Paul L. Behrens
    2003       68,750 (1)     260,000 (3)     19,286 (5)     1,116,612 (11)            
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                                        
Thaddeus Bereday
    2003       250,000       210,000       83,141 (6)     4,028 (12)            
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel                                                        
Heath Schiesser
    2003       250,000       210,000       60,808 (7)     5,639 (13)           2,400 (15)
  Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales                                                        
Rupesh Shah
    2003       275,000       135,000       3,969 (8)           130,104        
  Senior Vice President, Market Expansion                                                        
Randall Zomermaand
    2003       121,846 (2)     100,000       30,749 (9)     1,000 (14)           66,256 (16)
  Senior Vice President, Health Services                                                        

  (1)  Mr. Behrens commenced employment with us on September 15, 2003. His annual salary is $275,000.
  (2)  Mr. Zomermaand commenced employment with us on May 1, 2003. His annual salary is $220,000.
  (3)  Includes a signing bonus of $75,000.
  (4)  Represents a housing allowance of $35,980, an automobile allowance of $9,921 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to these allowances of $19,526.
  (5)  Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $12,088 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $7,198.
  (6)  Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $59,433 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $23,708.
  (7)  Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $42,138 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to this reimbursement of $18,670.
  (8)  Represents an automobile allowance.
  (9)  Represents a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $27,978 and a gross up payment for income taxes relating to the reimbursement of $2,771.
(10)  On September 6, 2002, Mr. Farha received an award of 1,634,581 restricted shares of common stock, of which 715,129 were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Farha as of December 31, 2003 was $3,016,534, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award was 25% vested on the date of grant, and the remainder vests over a three-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month after the grant date. The grant would immediately vest in full upon a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(11)  On September 30, 2003, Mr. Behrens received an award of 458,572 restricted shares of common stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Behrens as of December 31, 2003 was $1,934,334, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 25% on September 15, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month thereafter. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Behrens’ employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Behrens for good reason, following a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(12)  On May 31, 2003, Mr. Bereday received a grant of 327,551 restricted shares of common stock, 238,840 shares of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Bereday as of December 31, 2003 was $1,007,464 based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Bereday’s employment by WellCare without cause, or by

81



Table of Contents

Mr. Bereday for good reason, within 12 months following a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(13)  On May 30, 2003, Mr. Schiesser received a grant of 458,572 restricted shares of common stock, 305,715 shares of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Schiesser as of December 31, 2003 was $1,289,556, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Schiesser’s employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Schiesser for good reason, within six months of a change of control of WellCare. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(14)  On May 30, 2003, Mr. Zomermaand received a grant of 81,315 restricted shares of common stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Zomermaand as of December 31, 2003 was $343,001, based on the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate of 25% on May 1, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month thereafter. Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted shares.
(15)  Represents company matching of 401(k) contributions.
(16)  Represents consulting fees paid prior to becoming an associate.

Option Grant in Last Fiscal Year

      The following table sets forth information concerning the stock option grant made to Mr. Shah, who was the only named executive officer to receive an option grant in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. The exercise price per share for the options was equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of the grant date as determined by our board of directors. The options granted to Mr. Shah in 2003 were vested as to 37,947 shares on the date on which they were granted, and vest as to an additional 2.0833% of the shares subject to the option upon the end of each full calendar month after the grant date as long as he continues to serve as one of our employees. Potential realizable value is calculated net of exercise prices and before taxes based on the assumption that our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of the option term. The potential realizable value is calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and does not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of our common stock and the date on which the options are exercised. We have prepared this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time that the option grant was made.

                                                 
Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rate of Stock
Price Appreciation For
Individual Grants Option Term


Percent of
Total Options
Number of Securities Granted to Exercise
Underlying Options Employees in Price per Expiration
Name Granted(#) 2003 Share Date 5%($) 10%($)







Rupesh Shah
    130,104       16.7 %   $ 3.69       9/30/2013     $ 1,180,394     $ 2,016,081  

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      The following table sets forth information regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of December 31, 2003 by Mr. Shah, who was the only named executive officer who held options as of that date. The value of unexercised in-the-money option represents the total gain which would be realized if all in-the-money options held at December 31, 2003 were exercised, determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the options by the difference between the per share fair market value of our shares as of December 31, 2003, as determined by our board, and the per share option exercise price. An option is in-the-money if the fair market value of the underlying shares exceeds the exercise price of the option. We have

82



Table of Contents

prepared this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already occurred at the time that the option grant was made.
                                 
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Value of Unexercised In-
Options as of The-Money Options as of
Shares Acquired Value December 31, 2003(#) December 31, 2003($)
Name on Exercise(#) Realized($) Exercisable/Unexercisable Exercisable/Unexercisable





Rupesh Shah 
                46,078/84,026       $165,718/$302,196  

Employee Benefit Plans

 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan

      In July 2004, immediately prior to the closing of our initial public offering, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to enable us to attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers, associates and consultants, and to further align their interests with those of our stockholders, by providing for or increasing their ownership interests in our company.

      Administration. The Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our board may, however, at any time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee is authorized to select persons to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Participation. Individuals who will be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan are directors (including non-employee directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, us or our subsidiaries.

      Type of Awards. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the compensation committee.

      Available Shares. An aggregate of 4,688,532 shares of our common stock was initially reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. The number of shares reserved for issuance will be subject to an annual increase to be added on January 1 of each year, commencing on January 1, 2005 and ending on January 1, 2013. The annual increase will be equal to the lesser of 3% of the number of shares outstanding on each such date, 1,200,000 shares, or such lesser amount determined by our board. Our board has determined not to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance on January 1, 2005. If any grant under the Equity Incentive Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any shares in payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or withheld shares will thereafter be available for further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan unless, in the case of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, related SARs are exercised. The Equity Incentive Plan provides that the compensation committee shall not grant, in any one calendar year, to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a number of shares of common stock in excess of 15% of the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Option Grants. Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options, as the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price per share for each option will be established by

83



Table of Contents

the compensation committee, except that in the case of the grant of any incentive stock option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option. In the case of the grant of any incentive stock option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option.

      Terms of Options. The term during which each option may be exercised will be determined by the compensation committee, but if required by the Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise provided in the Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock will be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase shares pursuant to an option will, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the date on which each option will become exercisable and may provide that an option will become exercisable in installments. The shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the compensation committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the shares represented thereby, the optionee will have no rights as a stockholder, including any dividend or voting rights, with respect to any shares covered by such outstanding option. If required by the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the grant date, of shares for which an incentive stock option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all of our equity incentive plans may not exceed $100,000.

      Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle a participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the SAR. The grant price and the term of an SAR will be determined by the compensation committee. However, no SAR may have a term exceeding 10 years.

      Termination of Options and SARs. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, and subject to certain exemptions and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for us for any reason other than death, disability or termination for cause, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation will remain exercisable for, and will otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of such cessation. In the case of death or disability, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such death or disability will remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such death or disability. In the case of a termination for cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for us for any reason, all of the participant’s options and SARs will expire and be forfeited immediately upon such cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.

      Restricted Stock and Deferred Shares. Restricted stock is a grant of shares of our common stock that may not be sold or disposed of, and that may be forfeited in the event of certain terminations of employment, prior to the end of a restricted period set by the compensation committee. A participant granted restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise. An award of deferred shares confers upon a participant the right to receive shares of our common stock at the end of a deferral period set by the compensation committee, subject to possible forfeiture of the award in the event of certain terminations of employment prior to the end of deferral period. Prior to settlement, an award of deferred shares carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted in connection with restricted stock or deferred shares.

      Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents confer the right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, cash, shares of our common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid on a specific number of shares of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone or in connection with another award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis. If deferred, dividend equivalents may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

84



Table of Contents

      Other Stock-Based Awards. The compensation committee is authorized to grant other awards that are denominated or payable in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of our common stock, under the Equity Incentive Plan. These awards may include convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance as a company or any other factors designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of these awards.

      Performance Awards. The compensation committee may subject a participant’s right to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of an award, and the timing of the grant or settlement, to performance conditions specified by the compensation committee. Performance awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan in a manner that results in their qualifying as performance-based compensation exempt from the limitation on tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to our chief executive officer and our four highest compensated officers. The compensation committee will determine performance award terms, including the required levels of performance with respect to particular business criteria, the corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of those levels of performance, termination and forfeiture provisions and the form of settlement. In granting performance awards, the compensation committee may establish unfunded award “pools,” the amounts of which will be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more business criteria. Business criteria might include, for example, total stockholder return, net income, pretax earnings, EBITDA, earnings per share, or return on investment.

      Amendment of Outstanding Awards and Amendment/Termination of Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee generally have the power and authority to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time without approval from our stockholders. The compensation committee generally have the authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award under the plan, including, without limitation, the ability to reduce the exercise price of any options or SARs or to accelerate the dates on which they become exercisable or vest, at any time without approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulations, including if required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, under provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed. Unless previously terminated by the board or the committee, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption. No termination of the Equity Incentive Plan will materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written consent, under any grant of options or other incentives theretofore granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.

 
2002 Equity Plans

      Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our 2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by the board of directors and became effective in September 2002. A maximum of 3,604,443 shares of common stock in the aggregate were reserved for issuances to associates under the plans. Both plans are administered by our board of directors and the compensation committee.

      Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a specified number of what were Class C Common Units. Under the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option to purchase a specified number of what were Class A Common Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. All securities granted pursuant to the plans are subject to repurchase by us at fair market value if the participant ceases to be employed by us.

      Upon the closing of our reorganization as a corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the Senior Executive Equity Plan were converted automatically into shares of our common stock, and the options

85



Table of Contents

granted under the Employee Option Plan were converted automatically into equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted share and option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in each holder’s original subscription or option agreement, as applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and their exercise price will be adjusted to reflect any stock split effected in connection with the restructuring. As of December 16, 2004, 18 of our employees hold a total of 2,095,320 shares under our Senior Executive Equity Plan, of which 998,657 are vested, 169 of our employees hold options under our 2002 Employee Option Plan exercisable for approximately 1,389,293 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $7.85, of which 216,599 are vested, and 87 of our employees and directors hold options under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan exercisable for approximately 827,066 shares of our common stock at a weighted average price of $21.99, of which 4,167 are vested. We do not intend to issue any additional securities under our Senior Executive Equity Plan or our 2002 Employee Option Plan.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In November 2004, our board of directors adopted our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the first day of trading following January 1, 2005, subject to stockholder approval of the plan. We intend to submit the plan for stockholder approval at our 2005 annual stockholders meeting. The purpose of the plan is to provide an incentive for our employees (and employees of our subsidiaries designated by our board of directors) to purchase our common stock and acquire a proprietary interest in us. The 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan we previously adopted was terminated by our board of directors prior to its implementation.

      Administration. A committee designated by our board administers the plan. The plan vests the committee with the authority to interpret the plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan, although our board of directors may exercise any such authority in lieu of the committee. In all cases, the plan will be required to be administered in such a manner as to comply with applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      Eligibility and Participation. Each person who was employed either by us or by one of our designated subsidiaries and has completed one month of service is eligible to participate in the plan. None of our senior executives are eligible to participate in the plan.

      Options to Purchase/Purchase of Shares. Each participant will be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock at the beginning of each “offering period” under the plan which generally will be three months, on each “exercise date,” during the offering period. Exercise dates generally will occur on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Participants will purchase the shares of our common stock through after-tax payroll deductions, not to exceed 10% of the participant’s total base salary. No participant may purchase more than $3,000 of common stock in any one calendar year. The purchase price for each share will generally be 95% of the fair market value on the exercise date. If a participant’s employment with us or one of our designated subsidiaries terminates, any outstanding option of that participant also will terminate.

      Share Reserve. 387,714 shares of our common stock is reserved for issuance over the term of the plan. If any option to purchase reserved shares is not exercised by a participant for any reason, or if the option terminates, the shares that were not purchased shall again become available under the plan. The number of shares available under the plan will be subject to periodic adjustment for changes in the outstanding common stock occasioned by stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar changes affecting our outstanding common stock.

      Amendment and Termination. Our board or the committee generally has the power and authority to amend the plan from time to time in any respect without the approval of our stockholders. However, no amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulation, including Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which

86



Table of Contents

our common stock is then listed. Additionally, except as otherwise specified in the plan, no amendment may make any change to an option already granted that adversely affects the rights of any participant. The plan will terminate at the earliest of the tenth anniversary of its implementation, the time when there are no remaining reserved shares available for purchase under the plan, or an earlier time that our board may determine.
 
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

      We have adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, for eligible associates. Eligible associates may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to the statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may make matching contributions on behalf of all participants who have elected to make deferrals to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in an amount determined annually by us. Any contributions to the plan by us or the participants are paid to a trustee. The contributions made by us, if any, are subject to a vesting schedule; all other contributions are fully vested at all times. The 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, and the accompanying trust, is intended to qualify under Sections 401(k) and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code, so that contributions by us or by associates and income earned (if any) on plan contributions are not taxable to associates until withdrawn and contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by the company when made. At the direction of each participant, the trustee invests the contributions made to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in any number of investment options.

Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and Indemnification

 
Limitation of Liability

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Under Delaware law, directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for:

  any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      This limitation of liability does not apply to non-monetary remedies that may be available, such as injunctive relief or rescission, nor does it relieve our officers and directors from complying with federal or state securities laws.

Indemnification

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers, and may indemnify our other corporate agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. An officer or director shall not be entitled to indemnification if:

  the officer or director did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to our best interests; or
 
  the officer or director is subject to criminal action or proceedings and had reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful.

      We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and certain executive officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and officers for expenses specified in the agreements, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding arising out of these persons’ services as a director or officer for us, any of our subsidiaries

87



Table of Contents

or any other entity to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      The summaries of the agreements described below are not complete and you should read the agreements in their entirety. These agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      Other than the transactions described below, for the last three full fiscal years there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we are or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000, and in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock on an as-converted basis or any member of their immediate family has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

      Although we do not have a separate conflicts policy, we comply with Delaware law with respect to transactions involving potential conflicts. Delaware law requires that all transactions between us and any director or executive officer are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us.

Acquisition Agreements

      We were formed in May 2002 for the purpose of acquiring the WellCare group of companies. That acquisition was completed in July 2002, through two transactions. In the first, we acquired our Florida operations, including our WellCare of Florida and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, his spouse, and the other former owners of our Florida business, pursuant to a purchase agreement. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of:

  $50.0 million in cash;
 
  the issuance of a senior subordinated non-negotiable promissory note in the original principal amount of $53.0 million, subject to adjustments for earnouts and other purchase price adjustments; and
 
  warrants to purchase 1,859,704 shares of our common stock.

      The purchase price was subject to adjustment, based upon a number of earn-outs and other calculations. In February 2004, the remaining principal amount of the note was fixed at $119.7 million pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the sellers. See “— Amendment and Settlement Agreement.”

      In the second transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut operations, by means of a merger of that company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash. Mr. Shah was also a stockholder of The WellCare Management Group prior to the acquisition.

Other Agreements with Selling Stockholders

      In connection with our acquisition of our Florida business pursuant to the purchase agreement, we entered into the following agreements with Mr. Shah and the other sellers:

      Seller Note. As part of the consideration for the acquisition, we issued a senior subordinated promissory note in the original principal amount of $53.0 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of the former stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah and his spouse. In February 2004, the remaining principal amount of the note was fixed at $119.7 million pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the former stockholders. See “— Amendment and Settlement Agreement.” Based on the Shahs’ aggregate percentage ownership interest in the Florida business prior to the acquisition, we estimate their interest in the current principal amount of the note to be approximately $4.8 million.

88



Table of Contents

      Warrants. As further consideration for the acquisition, we entered into an equity and warrant agreement with Mr. Shah and two other former stockholders of our Florida business. Under the equity and warrant agreement, the stockholders were issued warrants to purchase Class B Common Units which were converted into an aggregate of 1,859,704 shares of our common stock in our reorganization into a corporation. The warrants were fully exercised in December 2003.

      Investor Rights Agreement. We entered into an investor rights agreement with Mr. Shah and the two other former stockholders who received warrants under the equity and warrant agreement. Under the investor rights agreement, the stockholders have “piggyback” registration rights to include their shares in any registration statement we file on our own behalf (other than for employee benefit plans and other exceptions) or on behalf of other stockholders, subject to other stockholders’ priority rights of registration. The stockholders also have the right to require us to register their shares on Form S-3, if available for such an offering and if the aggregate price of the shares to be sold would be at least $1.0 million, not more than once during any 12-month period. The stockholders would be responsible for the expenses of any such registration on Form S-3. The stockholders also received information rights and a right to participate in some types of sales by us of our equity securities. Those rights terminated upon the closing of our initial public offering.

      Pledge and Escrow Agreements. As security for our obligations under the seller note, we entered into a pledge agreement with the stockholder representative on behalf of the former stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah and his spouse, pursuant to which we pledged a portion of the shares of capital stock of WCG Health Management, Inc. held by us. Currently, 51% of the shares remain subject to the pledge. Upon the payment in full of the note, all of the shares will be released.

      Amendment and Settlement Agreement. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Shah, his spouse and the other sellers that fixed the remaining amount of the seller note at $119.7 million. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the aggregate indemnification obligations of the sellers under the purchase agreement were reduced, subject to certain exceptions.

      Prepayment Agreement. In May 2004, we entered into a prepayment and amendment agreement with Mr. Shah, his spouse and the other former stockholders of our Florida business. Under the terms of the prepayment agreement, we prepaid $85.0 million of the outstanding principal amount of the seller note, and an additional $3.0 million of the outstanding principal amount was forgiven in consideration for the prepayment. A portion of the $85.0 million prepayment was deposited into an escrow account to secure certain indemnification obligations of the stockholders arising under the purchase agreement.

      Prepayment and Settlement Allocation Agreement. In August 2004, we entered into a prepayment and settlement allocation agreement with the stockholder representative on behalf of the former stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah and his spouse, to, among other things, settle certain indemnification obligations of the former stockholders arising under the purchase agreement. As part of this agreement, we prepaid an additional $3.2 million of the principal amount of the seller note, resulting in a remaining outstanding principal balance of $25.0 million due on September 15, 2006. In addition, the amounts deposited into escrow pursuant to the prepayment agreement were released.

Agreements with SPEI

      Initial Capitalization and Contribution Agreement. We were formed in May 2002 by our equity sponsor, Soros Private Equity Investors LP. At that time, SPEI contributed $1,000 in cash to us in exchange for one Class A Common Unit. In July 2002, in connection with the consummation of the acquisition of the WellCare businesses, SPEI contributed an additional $70.0 million in cash to us, in exchange for additional Class A Common Units, pursuant to a contribution agreement.

      Registration Rights Agreement. We are party to a registration rights agreement with SPEI, Todd Farha and some of our other stockholders, pursuant to which we granted registration rights to those stockholders. Under the agreement, holders of a majority of shares held by SPEI or any of its affiliates may require us to effect the registration of their shares from time to time. In addition, the stockholders party to the agreement have “piggyback” registration rights to include their shares in any registration statement we file on our own

89



Table of Contents

behalf (other than for employee benefit plans and other exceptions) or on behalf of other stockholders. We are required to pay all registration expenses in connection with any demand or piggyback registrations. Notwithstanding the other provisions of the agreement, we are not obligated to effect any demand registration within 180 days after the effective date of either:

  any registration we effect on Form S-1, or any similar “long-form” registration (including this offering); or
 
  any other offering in which stockholders party to the agreement were given “piggyback” rights pursuant to the agreement, if the offering includes at least 80% of the number of shares requested by the stockholders to be included.

Reorganization

      In February 2004, upon our incorporation, we issued 100 shares of common stock to WellCare Holdings, LLC in exchange for $1,000.

      In February 2004, the Board of Directors of WellCare Holdings, LLC authorized a plan to reorganize WellCare Holdings, LLC as a corporation, by means of a merger of WellCare Holdings, LLC with and into WellCare Group, Inc. Upon the consummation of the reorganization, which took place in July 2004:

  based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, we issued an aggregate of 29,735,757 shares of common stock in exchange for 23,530,225 Class A Common Units, 2,287,037 Class B Common Units and 4,807,508 Class C Common Units of WellCare Holdings, LLC;
 
  all outstanding options issued by WellCare Holdings, LLC were automatically converted into options to acquire shares of our common stock; and
 
  our name was changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

Equity Sales and Grants

      The executive officers and directors listed below purchased what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, our Class A Common Units. As a result of those purchases, those officers and directors were granted, for no additional consideration, a specified number of what were Class C Common Units, subject to vesting restrictions. Upon the completion of our reorganization, all of these units converted into shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions remained in place.

      On September 6, 2002, Todd Farha purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 1,634,581 restricted shares.

      On May 30, 2003, Kevin Hickey purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 40,657 restricted shares.

      On May 30, 2003, Heath Schiesser purchased 2,711 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000, and was granted 458,572 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On May 30, 2003, Randall Zomermaand purchased 1,355 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000, and was granted 81,315 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On May 31, 2003, Thaddeus Bereday purchased 2,710 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000, and was granted 327,551 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On September 30, 2003, Paul L. Behrens purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 458,572 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.

      On September 30, 2003, Regina Herzlinger purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 40,657 restricted shares.

      On September 30, 2003, Ruben King-Shaw purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 40,657 restricted shares.

90



Table of Contents

      On September 30, 2003, Alif Hourani purchased 13,552 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and was granted 40,657 restricted shares.

Option Grants

      The executive officers and directors listed below were granted options to purchase what were, prior to our reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units, generally subject to vesting over a four-year period. Upon the completion of our reorganization, these options became exercisable to purchase shares of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions remained in place.

      On September 30, 2003, Rupesh Shah was granted options to purchase 130,104 shares, at a per share exercise price of $3.69, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On December 31, 2003, Christian Michalik was granted options to purchase 40,657 shares, at a per share exercise price of $6.47.

      On February 6, 2004, Todd Farha was granted options to purchase 81,315 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Paul Behrens was granted options to purchase 8,131 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Thaddeus Bereday was granted options to purchase 16,263 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Heath Schiesser was granted options to purchase 8,131 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Randall Zomermaand was granted options to purchase 16,263 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, MT Sattaur was granted options to purchase 97,578 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On February 6, 2004, Glen Johnson was granted options to purchase 40,657 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33.

      On May 12, 2004, Rupesh Shah was granted options to purchase 16,263 shares, at a per share exercise price of $8.33, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On May 12, 2004, Ruben King-Shaw was granted options to purchase 8,131 shares, at a per share exercise price of $6.47. In November 2004, the board determined to accelerate the vesting of these options in full.

      On June 30, 2004, Kate Longworth-Gentry was granted options to purchase 95,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On June 30, 2004, MT Sattaur was granted options to purchase 20,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On June 30, 2004, Thaddeus Bereday was granted options to purchase 10,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Kevin Hickey was granted options to purchase 5,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Alif Hourani was granted options to purchase 5,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Glen Johnson was granted options to purchase 5,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

91



Table of Contents

      On July 7, 2004, Ruben King-Shaw was granted options to purchase 5,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Christian Michalik was granted options to purchase 5,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Regina Herzlinger was granted options to purchase 10,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On July 7, 2004, Rupesh Shah was granted options to purchase 50,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On August 5, 2004, Ace Hodgin was granted options to purchase 80,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $17.00, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On November 3, 2004, Jane Swift was granted options to purchase 25,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $23.50, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

      On November 3, 2004, MT Sattaur was granted options to purchase 20,000 shares, at a per share exercise price of $23.50, pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

Other Agreements

      IntelliClaim. In March 2003, we entered into an agreement with IntelliClaim, Inc., pursuant to which we license software, and obtain maintenance, support and related services, from IntelliClaim. Kevin Hickey, a member of our board of directors, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim. In 2003, we paid $225,000 in the aggregate to IntelliClaim under this agreement.

      Ruben King-Shaw, Jr. In November 2003, we entered into a consulting agreement with Ruben King-Shaw, Jr., one of our directors, pursuant to which Mr. King-Shaw oversees governmental and regulatory issues for us, including current and proposed federal and state legislation and federal and state government affairs activities. In 2003, we paid $6,000 to Mr. King-Shaw under this agreement.

      Randall Zomermaand. In September 2002, we entered into a consulting agreement with Randall Zomermaand, our Senior Vice President, Health Services. Under the agreement, Mr. Zomermaand provided healthcare consulting services to us relating to our health services area, including quality improvement, utilization management and pharmacy and behavioral health services. In 2003, we paid $66,256 to Mr. Zomermaand under this agreement.

      Employment Agreements. We have entered into employment agreements with some of our executive officers, as described in “Management — Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements.”

      Indemnification Agreements. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and some of our executive officers, as described in “Management — Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and Indemnification.”

92



Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 16, 2004, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus by:

  each person or entity who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
 
  each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  each of our directors;
 
  all directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  each of the other selling stockholders.

      Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after December 16, 2004, are deemed outstanding, while the shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting or investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

      The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned are based on the aggregate of (i) 37,089,080 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 16, 2004 and (ii) 1,500,000 shares of common stock issued in this offering.

      Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o WellCare Health Plans, Inc., 8725 Henderson Road, Renaissance One, Tampa, Florida 33634.

                                         
Prior to the Offering After the Offering


Number of Percentage Number of Percentage
Shares of Shares Of
Beneficially Outstanding Number of Shares Beneficially Outstanding
Owned Shares Offered Hereby Owned Shares





Executive Officers and Directors
                                       
Todd S. Farha(1)
    1,635,028       4.4       165,000       1,470,028       3.8  
Regina Herzlinger(2)
    57,331       *       10,000       47,331       *  
Kevin Hickey(3)
    57,397       *       10,000       47,397       *  
Alif Hourani(4)
    57,331       *       10,000       47,331       *  
Glen R. Johnson, M.D. 
    8,989       *       4,000       4,989       *  
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr.(5)
    65,462       *       10,000       55,462       *  
Christian P. Michalik(6)
    26,903       *             26,903       *  
Jane Swift
          *                    
Neal Moszkowski(7)
    22,308,839       60.2       5,575,055       16,733,784       43.4  
Paul Behrens(8)
    475,246       1.3       25,000       450,246       1.2  
Thaddeus Bereday(9)
    330,903       *       20,000       310,903       *  
Heath Schiesser(10)
    461,924       1.3       25,000       436,924       1.1  
Rupesh Shah(11)
    461,340       1.2       50,000       411,340       1.1  
Randall Zomermaand(12)
    82,991       *       7,500       75,491       *  
All directors and officers as a group (17 persons)(13)
    26,029,684       70.0       5,911,555       20,118,129       52.0  

93



Table of Contents

                                         
Prior to the Offering After the Offering


Number of Percentage Number of Percentage
Shares of Shares Of
Beneficially Outstanding Number of Shares Beneficially Outstanding
Owned Shares Offered Hereby Owned Shares





Other 5% Stockholders
                                       
Soros Private Equity Investors LP (14)
    22,308,839       60.2       5,575,055       16,733,784       43.4  
Other Selling Stockholders
                                       
Randolph Street Partners V — Fourth Venture(15)
    50,928       *       50,928              
Sorrento Investment Group LLC(16)
    45,836       *       37,517       8,319       *  

 * Denotes less than 1%.

  (1)  Includes 340,538 unvested shares.
  (2)  Includes 27,952 unvested shares.
  (3)  Includes 20,329 unvested shares.
  (4)  Includes 27,952 unvested shares.
  (5)  Includes 27,952 unvested shares and 8,131 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 16, 2004.
  (6)  Includes 16,093 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 16, 2004.
  (7)  Represents shares held by Soros Private Equity Investors LP, as described in note (14). If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the ownership percentage will decrease to 40.5%. Mr. Moszkowski disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Moszkowski’s principal business address is c/o Soros Fund Management LLC, 888 7th Avenue, New York, New York 10106.
  (8)  Includes 324,822 unvested shares.
  (9)  Includes 163,776 unvested shares.
(10)  Includes 200,625 unvested shares.
(11)  Includes 90,275 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 16, 2004.
(12)  Includes 50,822 unvested shares.
(13)  Includes 1,184,768 unvested shares and 114,499 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 16, 2004.
(14)  Soros Private Equity Investors LP (“SPEI”) is a Delaware limited partnership. Its general partner is SPEP General Partner LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“SPEP GP LP”). An investment committee of SPEP GP LP exercises exclusive decision-making authority with regard to the acquisition and disposition of, and voting power with respect to, investments by SPEI. SPEP GP LP’s general partner is SPEP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose managing member is QIH Management Investor, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose sole general partner is QIH Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole managing member is Soros Fund Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SFM”). George Soros is the Chairman of SFM and, in such capacity, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over securities held for the account of SPEI. Each has their principal office at 888 Seventh Avenue, 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10106. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, SPEI’s ownership percentage will decrease to 40.5%.
(15)  The address for Randolph Street Partners V — Fourth Venture is 200 East Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL 60601.
(16)  The address for Sorrento Investment Group LLC is 1600 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 900, McLean, VA 22102-4865.

94



Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The following description of our common stock and preferred stock and the relevant provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws currently in effect are summaries and are qualified by reference to these documents. Forms have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

      Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

Common Stock

      As of September 30, 2004, there were 37,069,090 shares of common stock outstanding. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of that date and giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding options after September 30, 2004, there will be approximately 38,569,090 shares of common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering.

      Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to the preferences that apply to any outstanding preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and after giving effect to the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and no additional subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The shares issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors, without stockholder action, to designate and issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may designate the price, rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock, which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the preferred stock. However, possible effects of issuing preferred stock with voting and conversion rights include:

  restricting dividends on common stock;
 
  diluting the voting power of common stock;
 
  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock;
 
  delaying or preventing a change of control of us without stockholder action; and
 
  harming the market price of common stock.

      Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

      After the completion of this offering, the holders of 18,273,270 shares of common stock, including SPEI, are entitled to demand registration rights requiring us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of these shares. The holders of a majority of the shares held by SPEI or its affiliates are entitled to demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act, subject to various limitations. In addition, these holders are entitled to piggyback

95



Table of Contents

registration rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to various limitations.

      In addition, after the completion of this offering, the holders of an additional 1,809,707 shares of common stock will be entitled to piggyback registration rights, subject to various limitations. Further, at any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders may require us to file registration statements on Form S-3 under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of common stock. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares of common stock held by these holders with registration rights to be included in a registration. We are generally required to bear all of the expenses of all of these registrations, except underwriting discounts and selling commissions. Registration of any of the shares of common stock held by these holders with registration rights would result in shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of such registration.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions in Our Charter and Bylaws

      Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a manner presented in Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Generally, a “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years, did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.

      Certificate of Incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation provides that:

  our board of directors may issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;
 
  any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by a consent in writing;
 
  our board of directors shall be divided into three classes, with each class serving for a term of three years;
 
  vacancies on the board, including newly created directorships, can be filled by a majority of the directors then in office; and
 
  our directors may be removed only for cause.

      Bylaws. Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice to use in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary date, in order to be timely notice from the stockholder must be received:

  not earlier than 120 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders; and
 
  not later than 90 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders or the tenth day following the date on which notice of the annual meeting was made public.

96



Table of Contents

      In the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the stockholder, in order to be timely, must be received:

  not earlier than 120 days prior to the special meeting; and
 
  not later than 90 days prior to the special meeting or the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made.

      Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before an annual or special meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws by majority vote, but requires a two-thirds supermajority vote of stockholders to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

      The provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of WellCare. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of WellCare that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of its outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of WellCare. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of WellCare. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Transfer Agent

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

      Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WCG.”

97



Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the sale of our common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market following the offering could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and adversely affect our ability to raise capital at a time and on terms favorable to us.

Sale of Restricted Shares

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have 38,589,080 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 7,500,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. Approximately 22,635,757 shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of the offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

  505,559 shares will be available for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units;
 
  764,547 shares will be available for sale on December 28, 2004, the expiration date for the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with our initial public offering, pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units;
 
  200,000 shares will be available for sale on February 2, 2005, pursuant to an exception applicable to one non-management stockholder from the lock-up agreement entered into by such stockholder in connection with this offering, pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units; and
 
  •   19,802,641 shares will be available for sale 91 days after the date of this prospectus, the expiration date for the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units; or
 
  •   21,531,428 shares will be available for sale on July 6, 2005 pursuant to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are not entitled to tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability company units.

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, including an “affiliate,” as that term is defined in the Securities Act, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock (approximately 385,891 shares immediately following the offering); or
 
  the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding filing of notice of such sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A stockholder who is deemed not to have been an “affiliate” of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted

98



Table of Contents

shares for at least two years, would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume, limitations, manner of sale provisions or public information requirements.

      Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

      All of our affiliates have agreed to further restrict their shares by entering into lock-up arrangements discussed below.

      We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock under our equity plans. As of December 16, 2004, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,406,634 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 332,437 were fully vested and exercisable.

      We have filed a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2002 Employee Option Plan, our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and certain option agreements granted outside of our equity plans prior to our initial public offering. Such registration statement was automatically effective immediately upon filing. Any shares issued upon the exercise of such stock options or following purchase under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be eligible for immediate public sale, subject to the lock-up agreements noted below. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”

Lock-up Arrangements

      Our executive officers, directors and certain other stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of 90 days after the date of this offering (except that, in the case of one non-management stockholder, such stockholder will be permitted to sell up to 200,000 shares after February 1, 2005) without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market.

      In addition, in connection with our initial public offering, these and certain of our other stockholders agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after June 30, 2004. Also, all of the shares purchased pursuant to the directed share program in connection with our initial public offering are subject to lock-up agreements for the same 180-day period. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters in the initial public offering, has agreed to release some of these other stockholders from those lock-up agreements upon the date of this prospectus, at which time approximately 77,777 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market. Upon the expiration on December 28, 2004 of the remaining lock-up agreements from our initial public offering, approximately 1,053,437 additional shares will be available for sale in the public market.

Registration Rights

      After completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 18,273,270 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” All holders with demand registration rights have agreed not to exercise their rights until 90 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters.

99



Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

      The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;
 
  an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
 
  a trust, in general, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and properly elected to continue to be treated as a United States person.

      If an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding our common stock, or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisers.

      An individual may be treated as a resident of the United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes, instead of a nonresident, by, among other ways, being present in the United States on at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the current calendar year and the two immediately preceding calendar years. For purposes of this calculation, you would count all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Residents are taxed for U.S. federal income purposes as if they were U.S. citizens.

      This discussion does not consider:

  U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences;
 
  specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder’s tax position, including, if the non-U.S. holder is a partnership, that the U.S. tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock may be affected by certain determinations made at the partner level;
 
  the tax consequences to the stockholders or beneficiaries of a non-U.S. holder;
 
  special tax rules that may apply to particular non-U.S. holders, including financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers and traders in securities; or
 
  special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment.

      The following discussion is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus, and all of which are subject to change, retroactively or prospectively. The following discussion also assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock as a capital asset. EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

100



Table of Contents

Dividends

      The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock ordinarily will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so provides and we have received proper certification of the application of that treaty.

      Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of trade or business in the United States and, if provided in an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States, are not subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax but instead are taxed in the manner applicable to United States persons. In that case, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax provided the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In addition, dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business in the United States may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

      Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

      A non-U.S. holder generally will not be taxed on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who holds our common stock as a capital asset, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other conditions;
 
  the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of trade or business in the United States and, in some instances if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; or
 
  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock.

We have determined that we are not, and we believe we will not become, a United States real property holding corporation.

      An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is taxed on his gains (including gain from the sale of our common stock, net of applicable U.S. losses incurred on sales or exchanges of other capital assets during the year) at a flat rate of 30%. Other non-U.S. holders who may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock will be taxed on the disposition in the same manner in which citizens or residents of the United States would be taxed.

Federal Estate Tax

      Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. U.S. federal legislation enacted in the spring of 2001 provides for reductions in the U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of the tax entirely in 2010. Under the legislation, the U.S. federal estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011.

101



Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      U.S. information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to dividends paid on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided that the non-U.S. holder provides a Form W-8BEN (or satisfies certain documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is not a United States person) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

      Information reporting and backup withholding also generally will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a foreign broker. However, information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker if the broker (i) is a United States person, (ii) derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of trade or business in the United States, (iii) is a “controlled foreign corporation” as to the United States or (iv) is a foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable year, is more than 50% (by income or capital interest) owned by United States persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, unless in any such case the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a non-U.S. holder and certain conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment by a U.S. office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of common stock will be subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

      NON-U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING RULES TO THEM.

102



Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SG Cowen & Co., LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of common stock indicated below:

           
Name Number of Shares


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    3,750,000  
SG Cowen & Co., LLC
    1,250,000  
UBS Securities LLC
    1,250,000  
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
    1,250,000  
     
 
 
Total
    7,500,000  
     
 

      The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

      The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $1.04 a share under the offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

      SPEI has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to limited conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of our common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of our common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

      The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

                                 
Per Share Total


Without With Without With
Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment




Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
  $ 1.60     $ 1.60     $ 2,400,000     $ 2,400,000  
Expenses payable by us
  $ 0.48     $ 0.48     $ 715,684     $ 715,684  
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders
  $ 1.60     $ 1.60     $ 9,600,000     $ 11,400,000  

      We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $715,684.

      Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “WCG.”

103



Table of Contents

      Each of us, our directors, executive officers and certain other stockholders has agreed that, with the exception of the common stock being offered pursuant to this prospectus and without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, each of us will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus (except that, in the case of one non-management stockholder, such restrictions will not apply with respect to 200,000 shares after February 1, 2005):

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or
 
  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

  the sale of shares to the underwriters;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock in connection with our reorganization as a corporation;
 
  the grant of options or the issuance of shares of common stock by us to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to any employee benefit plan described in this prospectus;
 
  the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 in respect of any employee benefit plan described in this prospectus;
 
  •   transaction by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares;
 
  •   certain gratuitous transfers by any person other than us to family member, trusts and/or controlled entities of such person in connection with estate planning or charitable contributions, provided that each transferee also agrees to the restrictions described above; or
 
  •   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the 90-day lock-up period.

      In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position in our common stock for their own account. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. In addition, in order to cover any over-allotments or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing our common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases

104



Table of Contents

previously distributed shares of our common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

      We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have each agreed to indemnify each other against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

      Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, is one of the financial institutions that provided our new term loan and revolving credit facilities. Wachovia Bank, National Association, an affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, is one of the financial institutions that provided our revolving credit facility. UBS Loan Finance LLC, an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC, and Société Generale, an affiliate of SG Cowen & Co., LLC, are among the financial institutions that provided our term loan.

VALIDITY

      Greenberg Traurig, LLP, Washington, D.C., will provide us with an opinion relating to the validity of the common stock issued in this offering. Attorneys with Greenberg Traurig, LLP beneficially own an aggregate of 2,949 shares and an option for 12,197 shares of our common stock. Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York, New York will provide the underwriters an opinion relating to the validity of the common stock issued in this offering.

EXPERTS

      The financial statements included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm and, with respect to Harmony only, Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information with respect us and the common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. You may read and copy any document we file at the Commission’s public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the Commission’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov. We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the Commission’s public reference rooms and the Web site of the Commission referred to above.

105



Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

         
Page

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    F-2  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)
    F-3  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)
    F-4  
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
    F-5  

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-13  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-14  
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Income for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-15  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the period from May 8, 2002 (date of inception) to December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-16  
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and Combined Predecessor Statements of Cash Flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001
    F-17  
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
    F-18  

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-43  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-44  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-45  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-46  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-47  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-48  

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

         
Pro Forma unaudited Financial Statements
    F-57  
Pro Forma unaudited Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2004
    F-58  
Pro Forma unaudited Statements of Income for the nine month period ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003
    F-59  
Notes to Pro Forma unaudited Financial Statements
    F-61  

F-1



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except share and unit data)

             
September 30,
2004

(unaudited)
Assets
       
Current Assets:
       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 265,425  
 
Investments
    144,820  
 
Premiums and other receivables
    50,312  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    7,151  
 
Deferred income taxes
    15,397  
     
 
   
Total current assets
    483,105  
Property and equipment, net
    7,841  
Goodwill
    189,807  
Other intangibles, net
    17,962  
Restricted investment assets
    30,403  
Other assets
    368  
     
 
Total Assets
  $ 729,486  
     
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
       
Current Liabilities:
       
 
Medical benefits payable
  $ 177,486  
 
Unearned premiums
    66,693  
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    33,721  
 
Income taxes payable
    11,535  
 
Deferred income taxes
    3,166  
 
Current portion of notes payable to related party
     
 
Current portion of long-term debt
    1,600  
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    294,201  
Notes payable to related party
    25,000  
Long-term debt
    157,261  
Accrued interest
    1,184  
Deferred income taxes
    6,128  
Other liabilities
    250  
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    484,024  
     
 
Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 5)
       
Stockholders’ Equity:
       
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (20,000,000 authorized, no shares issued or outstanding)
     
Common Stock, $0.01 par value (100,000,000 authorized, 37,069,090 shares issued and outstanding)
    371  
Paid-in capital
    185,352  
Retained earnings
    59,745  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (6 )
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    245,462  
     
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 729,486  
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share and unit data)

                     
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Revenues:
               
 
Premium
  $ 995,615     $ 763,683  
 
Investment and other income
    2,296       2,578  
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    997,911       766,261  
     
     
 
Expenses:
               
 
Medical benefits
    811,956       633,552  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    122,076       87,120  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    5,601       6,294  
 
Interest
    7,026       6,451  
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    946,659       733,417  
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    51,252       32,844  
Income tax expense
    19,701       15,221  
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 31,551       17,623  
     
         
Class A common unit yield
            (4,437 )
             
 
Net income attributable to common units
          $ 13,186  
             
 
Net income per share (see Note 1):
               
Net income per share — basic
  $ 1.18          
Net income per share — diluted
  $ 1.07          
Net income attributable per common unit (see Note 1):
               
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
          $ 0.49  
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
          $ 0.46  
Pro forma net income per common share (see Note 1):
               
Pro forma net income per common share — basic
          $ 0.81  
Pro forma net income per common share — diluted
          $ 0.76  

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

                         
Nine Months
Ended September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
 
Net income
  $ 31,551     $ 17,623  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation and amortization expense
    5,601       6,294  
   
Realized gains on investments
    (2 )      
   
Equity-based compensation expense
    1,713        
   
Accreted interest
    338       602  
   
Provision for doubtful receivables
    1,789       4,360  
   
Net gain on loan prepayment
    (2,697 )      
   
Changes in operating accounts, net of effect of acquisition:
               
     
Premiums and other receivables
    (22,144 )     3,086  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (7,714 )     (4,365 )
     
Deferred income tax asset
    (2,256 )     1,944  
     
Medical benefits payable
    11,029       25,825  
     
Unearned premiums
    (9,657 )     (22,968 )
     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    1,119       (4,070 )
     
Accrued interest
    (598 )     (1,046 )
     
Taxes payable and deferred tax liability
    17,539       (3,881 )
     
Other, net
    (168 )     (339 )
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    25,443       23,065  
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
 
Purchase of business
    (36,542 )      
 
Proceeds from sale and maturities of investments
    8,728       3,387  
 
Purchases of investments
    (119,776 )     (14,689 )
 
Purchases and dispositions of restricted investments
    (8,435 )     (674 )
 
Additions to property and equipment, net
    (4,471 )     (2,692 )
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (160,496 )     (14,668 )
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
 
Contribution of capital
    95       486  
 
Proceeds from debt issuance, net
    159,200       14,568  
 
Payments on debt
    (108,433 )     (28,660 )
 
Proceeds from initial public offering, net
    112,295        
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    163,157       (13,606 )
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
 
Increase (decrease) during period
    28,104       (5,209 )
Balance at beginning of period
    237,321       146,784  
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 265,425     $ 141,575  
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION —
               
 
Cash paid for taxes
  $ 4,925     $ 7,722  
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 8,691     $ 6,116  
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except member, share and unit data)
 
1. ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      WellCare Health Plans, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), provides managed care services targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. Through its health plans, the Company offers a diverse array of products, primarily Medicaid and related state programs, such as the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (SCHIP), and Medicare programs, serving approximately 734,000 members as of September 30, 2004.

     History

      WellCare Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), was formed in May 2002, for the purpose of acquiring the WellCare group of companies. Holdings began operations in August 2002 in conjunction with the acquisition of its operating subsidiaries in Florida, New York and Connecticut. In June 2004, Holdings acquired a new subsidiary that provides Medicaid managed care services in Illinois and Indiana.

      The Company, formerly known as WellCare Group, Inc., became the successor to Holdings following a reorganization that took place immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering in July 2004. The reorganization was effected through a merger of Holdings with and into the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. The Company issued an aggregate of 29,735,757 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding membership interests in Holdings, plus accrued yields, pursuant to the merger. Upon consummation of the merger, the Company changed its name to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.

      The Company’s initial public offering price was $17 per share. The aggregate sale price for all of the shares sold by the Company was approximately $124.7 million, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $112.3 million after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $8.7 million and legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the offering of approximately $3.7 million.

     Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2004. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the interim financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments which the Company considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The interim financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted. Results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.

     Earnings Per Common Share

      Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per

F-5



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

common share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, plus other potentially dilutive securities.

     Earnings Attributable Per Common Unit

      Basic net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income less the Class A common unit yield for the period by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, less units outstanding that are unvested and subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion. Diluted net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income for the period less the Class A common unit yield by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, including the unvested units that are subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion.

      Holdings’ historic capital structure is not indicative of the Company’s current structure due to the automatic conversion of all units of Holdings into common stock of the Company immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. Accordingly, historic basic and diluted net income attributable per common unit should not be used as an indicator of the future earnings per common share. Pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of automatic conversion of all outstanding common units into shares of the Company’s common stock effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering on July 7, 2004.

      The components of total shares and options outstanding at September 30, 2004, are as follows:

         
September 30,
2004

(unaudited)
Common shares
    33,159,871  
Vested restricted shares
    2,192,189  
Unvested restricted shares
    1,717,030  
Options outstanding
    1,937,496  
     
 
Total shares outstanding including options
    39,006,586  
     
 

F-6



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income attributable per common unit as if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards:

                   
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Net income, as reported
  $ 31,551     $ 17,623  
Reconciling items (net of tax effects):
               
Add: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic-value based method for all awards
    1,055       199  
Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (2,714 )     (421 )
     
     
 
Net adjustment
    (1,659 )     (222 )
     
     
 
Net income, as adjusted
  $ 29,892     $ 17,401  
     
         
Class A common unit yield
            (4,437 )
             
 
Adjusted net income attributable to common units
          $ 12,964  
             
 
Net income per common share:
               
 
Basic — as reported
  $ 1.18          
 
Basic — as adjusted
  $ 1.12          
 
Diluted — as reported
  $ 1.07          
 
Diluted — as adjusted
  $ 1.03          
Net income attributable per common unit:
               
 
Basic — as reported
          $ 0.49  
 
Basic — as adjusted
          $ 0.49  
 
Diluted — as reported
          $ 0.46  
 
Diluted — as adjusted
          $ 0.45  

      The Company has equity-based compensation plans for the benefit of its eligible associates, consultants and directors. The Company accounts for equity-based compensation under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.”

F-7



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table presents the calculation of net income per common share — basic and diluted and net income attributable per common unit — basic and diluted:

                   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Numerator:
               
Net income — basic and diluted
  $ 31,551     $ 17,623  
     
         
Class A common unit yield
            (4,437 )
             
 
Net income attributable to common unit
          $ 13,186  
             
 
Denominator
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic
    26,767,093          
Adjustment for unvested restricted common shares
    2,229,149          
Dilutive effect of stock options (as determined by the treasury stock method)
    421,233          
     
         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted
    29,417,475          
     
         
Weighted average units outstanding — basic
            26,715,379  
Adjustment for unvested outstanding Class C common units and equity options issued
            2,004,250  
             
 
Weighted average units outstanding — diluted
            28,719,629  
             
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic
            21,723,594  
Pro forma adjustment for unvested restricted common shares
            1,555,857  
Pro forma dilutive effect of stock options (as determined by the treasury stock method)
             
             
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — diluted
            23,279,451  
             
 
Net income per common share:
               
 
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 1.18          
 
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 1.07          
Net income attributable per common unit:
               
 
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
          $ 0.49  
 
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
          $ 0.46  
Pro forma net income per common share:
               
 
Pro forma net income per common share — basic
          $ 0.81  
 
Pro forma net income per common share — diluted
          $ 0.76  

      The average price for the common units for the nine month period ended September 30, 2003 was below the exercise price causing the treasury stock method to be anti-dilutive.

F-8



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2.     BUSINESS ACQUISITION

      In June 2004, the Company acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc. (“HHS”) and its subsidiaries, Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc. and Harmony Health Management, Inc. (collectively, the “Acquired Subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of a merger agreement entered into in March 2004, for $50,296, including acquisition costs of $1,609. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or about December 31, 2004. The results of the Acquired Subsidiaries’ operations have been included in the condensed consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

      The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at May 31, 2004. No material transactions occurred between May 31, 2004 and the transaction date. Goodwill and other intangibles are estimated to be $40,186. The purchase price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of Harmony’s reserves for medical claims as of December 31, 2003 as compared to medical claims actually incurred as of that date as measured on or about December 31, 2004. The Company has not yet finalized the fair value analysis of purchased intangibles; therefore, the allocation of the assets and liabilities is subject to adjustment.

         
May 31, 2004

(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,754  
Premiums and other receivables
    16,223  
Other assets
    3,706  
     
 
Total assets acquired
    33,683  
     
 
Claims payable
    (18,160 )
Short-term debt and other liabilities
    (1,813 )
Deferred tax liability
    (3,600 )
     
 
Total liabilities assumed
    (23,573 )
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 10,110  
     
 

      The following unaudited pro forma summary information presents the consolidated income statement information for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 as if the acquisition had been consummated on January 1, 2003, and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition been completed at that date or the results that may occur in the future.

F-9



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Premium Revenue
  $ 1,048,591     $ 846,192  
     
     
 
Net Income
  $ 31,894     $ 19,752  
     
     
 
Net income per share — basic
  $ 1.19          
     
         
Net income per share — diluted
  $ 1.08          
     
         
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
          $ 0.74  
             
 
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
          $ 0.69  
             
 

3.     DEBT

      In May 2004, the Company and certain subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement and obtained two new credit facilities, consisting of a senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $160,000 and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50,000, of which $10,000 is available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. Interest is payable quarterly at a rate per annum based on the optional rates available to the Company. The Company has the option to select either (a) LIBOR plus a 4 percent margin or (b) the greater of (i) prime or (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, plus a margin of 3 percent. In May 2004, the Company chose the six month LIBOR rate option which is 5.5625%. At the end of the six month period, the Company will have to select a new rate option. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008. The Company is a party to this agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the indebtedness of its subsidiaries that are parties to the agreement.

      The credit agreement also contains various restrictive covenants which limit, among other things, indebtedness, liens and business combination transactions. In addition, the Company must maintain certain fixed charge and leverage ratios. The Company is in compliance with the financial covenant ratios at September 30, 2004.

      Concurrently, the Company entered into an agreement with the former stockholders of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the “Selling Stockholders”) to prepay $85,000 of the principal balance of a note previously issued to them (the “Seller Note”), using a portion of the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility. In addition, $3,000 of the principal balance of the Seller Note was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. In August 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with the Selling Stockholders to prepay an additional $3,241 of the principal balance of the Seller Note. The remaining principal balance of the Seller Note, $25,000, is due on September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon the sale of the Company. The Company also used $18,263 of the proceeds of the new facility to prepay the $16,271 senior discount notes issued in March 2003 by a subsidiary of the Company, and terminated the previously available $15,000 line of credit obtained in March 2003 by a subsidiary of the Company. No amounts have been drawn on the $50,000 revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2004.

F-10



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At September 30, 2004, maturities on the new credit facility and the Seller Note were as follows:

         
(unaudited)
2004
  $ 400  
2005
    1,600  
2006
    26,600  
2007
    1,600  
2008 and thereafter
    154,400  
     
 
    $ 184,600  
     
 

4.     SEGMENT REPORTING

      The Company has two reportable segments: Medicaid and Medicare. The segments were determined based upon the type of governmental administration, regulation and funding of the health plans. Segment performance is evaluated based upon earnings from operations without corporate allocations.

      The Medicaid segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients that are eligible for state supported programs including Medicaid and family and children’s health programs. The Medicare segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients who are eligible for the federally supported Medicare program. The corporate and other segment includes revenue and claims associated with commercial members. As of September 30, 2004, the Company has no commercial members and is not offering commercial products.

      Asset, liability and equity amounts by segment have not been disclosed, as they are not reported by segment internally by the Company.

                   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2004 2003


(unaudited)
Premium revenue:
               
Medicaid
  $ 746,704     $ 537,710  
Medicare
    247,772       213,329  
Corporate and other
    1,139       12,644  
     
     
 
 
Total
    995,615       763,683  
Medical benefits expense:
               
Medicaid
    609,860       440,531  
Medicare
    202,979       180,274  
Corporate and other
    (883 )     12,747  
     
     
 
 
Total
    811,956       633,552  
Gross profit:
               
Medicaid
    136,844       97,179  
Medicare
    44,793       33,055  
Corporate and other
    2,022       (103 )
     
     
 
 
Total
    183,659       130,131  

F-11



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      The previously reported action entitled E.S. Thomas vs. Well Care HMO, Inc., brought in Circuit Court in Hillsborough County, Florida, Case No. 01001408, was settled by agreement of the parties on August 31, 2004. The settlement amount payable to the plaintiff was fully covered by indemnification agreements with the prior owners of the Company’s Florida operating subsidiaries. The agreement resolves all outstanding litigation between the parties.

      The Company is a party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company believes that it has obtained adequate insurance or rights to indemnification or, where appropriate, has established adequate reserves in connection with these legal proceedings.

F-12



Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     The Board of Directors and Members of

     WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
     Tampa, Florida

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WellCare Holdings, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, of changes in members’ equity, and of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the combined statements of income, of changes in stockholders’ equity, and of cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 of The WellCare Management Group, Inc and subsidiaries, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C.; these companies are under common ownership and common management (the Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WellCare Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the Predecessor combined results of operations and cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated and combined financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Tampa, Florida

February 12, 2004, except for Note 15, which is as of June 7, 2004

F-13



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except unit data)

                       
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


Assets
               
Current Assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 237,321     $ 146,784  
 
Investments
    33,778       69,010  
 
Premiums and other receivables
    12,792       23,088  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,663       2,595  
 
Deferred income taxes
    12,036       8,897  
     
     
 
     
Total current assets
    299,590       250,374  
Property and equipment, net
    4,717       4,207  
Goodwill
    158,725       117,095  
Other intangibles, net
    12,403       16,940  
Restricted assets
    21,392       20,683  
Deposits
    280       205  
     
     
 
Total Assets
  $ 497,107     $ 409,504  
     
     
 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity
               
Current Liabilities:
               
 
Medical benefits payable
  $ 148,297     $ 113,670  
 
Unearned premiums
    76,248       23,664  
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    29,830       29,681  
 
Income taxes payable
    143       9,255  
 
Deferred income taxes
    1,252        
 
Current portion of notes payable to related party
    48,170       21,806  
 
Current portion of long-term debt
          49,654  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    303,940       247,730  
Notes payable to related party
    71,568       84,794  
Long-term debt
    16,017       41  
Accrued interest
    1,782       1,252  
Deferred income taxes
    3,971       520  
Other liabilities
    252       250  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    397,530       334,587  
     
     
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)
               
Members’ Equity:
               
Class A Common Units (23,507,839 and 23,351,667 units issued and outstanding, no par)
           
Class B Common Units (No units issued and outstanding, no par)
           
Class C Common Units (4,842,508 and 2,093,518 units issued and outstanding, no par)
           
Preferred Units (No units issued or outstanding)
           
Paid-in capital
    71,382       70,227  
Retained earnings
    28,194       4,657  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1       33  
     
     
 
   
Total members’ equity
    99,577       74,917  
     
     
 
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity
  $ 497,107     $ 409,504  
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-14



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per unit data)

                                     
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month Seven-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2002 2001




Revenues:
                               
 
Premium
  $ 1,042,852     $ 398,653     $ 517,213     $ 739,863  
 
Investment income
    2,561       3,038       2,460       8,949  
 
Other
    569       114       359       1,472  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    1,045,982       401,805       520,032       750,284  
     
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                               
 
Medical benefits
    861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    134,265       49,118       55,731       88,513  
 
Interest
    10,172       1,462       1,446       2,860  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    1,005,490       392,343       492,101       728,879  
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    40,492       9,462       27,931       21,405  
Income tax expense
    16,955       4,805              
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
    23,537       4,657     $ 27,931     $ 21,405  
                     
     
 
Class A common unit yield
    (5,997 )     (2,356 )                
     
     
                 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 17,540     $ 2,301                  
     
     
                 
Net income attributable per common unit (Note 1):
                               
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
  $ 0.66     $ 0.09                  
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
  $ 0.60     $ 0.08                  
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — basic (unaudited) (see Note 1)
  $ 0.82                          
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — diluted (unaudited) (see Note 1)
  $ 0.73                          
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic (unaudited) (see Note 1)
    21,466,300                          
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted (unaudited) (see Note 1)
    23,937,664                          

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-15



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except unit and share data)

                                           
Accumulated
Other Total
Common Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Stockholders’
Stock Capital Earnings Income Equity





Predecessor:
                                       
Balance at January 1, 2001
  $ 255     $ 71,039     $ (80,688 )   $ 2,215     $ (7,179 )
Issuance of common stock
                                     
Contribution of capital
            10,275                       10,275  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
 
Net income
                    21,405               21,405  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $243
                            (2,456 )     (2,456 )
                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                    18,949  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  $ 255     $ 81,314     $ (59,283 )   $ (241 )   $ 22,045  
Issuance of common stock
    96                               96  
Shareholder withdrawals
            (9,209 )                     (9,209 )
Comprehensive income:
                                       
 
Net income
                    27,931               27,931  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $243
                            693       693  
                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                    28,624  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at July 31, 2002
  $ 351     $ 72,105     $ (31,352 )   $ 452     $ 41,556  
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                           
Common
Units Accumulated
Outstanding Other Total

Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Members’
Class A Class B Class C Capital Earnings Income Equity







Balance at May 8, 2002
(date of inception)
                    $     $     $     $  
Issuance of common units
    23,351,667               2,093,518       70,227                       70,227  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
 
Net income
                                    4,657               4,657  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $20
                                            33       33  
                                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    4,690  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
    23,351,667             2,093,518     $ 70,227     $ 4,657     $ 33     $ 74,917  
Issuance of common units
    174,505       2,287,037       2,910,117       8,152                       8,152  
Receivables from related parties
    (15,000 )     (2,287,037 )             (6,906 )                     (6,906 )
Purchase of treasury units
    (3,333 )             (161,127 )     (91 )                     (91 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
 
Net income
                                    23,537               23,537  
 
Change in unrealized gain/loss on investments, net of deferred taxes of $20
                                          (32 )     (32 )
                                                     
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    23,505  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    23,507,839             4,842,508     $ 71,382     $ 28,194     $ 1     $ 99,577  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-16



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

                                         
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Seven-Month Year Ended
December 31, December 31, Period Ended December 31,
2003 2002 July 31, 2002 2001




Cash from operating activities:
                               
 
Net income
  $ 23,537     $ 4,657     $ 27,931     $ 21,405  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                               
   
Depreciation and amortization expense
    8,159       3,734       1,239       2,234  
   
Write-off of fixed assets
          790              
   
Realized gains on investments
                       
   
Equity-based compensation expense
    746       172              
   
Accreted interest
    903                    
   
Provision for doubtful receivables
    4,247       580              
   
Changes in operating accounts:
                               
     
Accounts receivable
    4,302       (4,365 )     3,852       (927 )
     
Advances to providers
    216       1,089       1,805       (8,268 )
     
Other accounts receivables
    1,530       315       (2,132 )     395  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (1,194 )     (1,286 )     (121 )     575  
     
Deferred income tax asset
    (3,139 )     (8,377 )            
     
Claims payable
    34,627       2,958       11,363       11,600  
     
Unearned premiums
    52,584       22,060       (22,451 )     9,613  
     
Accounts payables and other accrued expenses
    149       18,680       (6,371 )     (8 )
     
Accrued interest
    530       1,252       568       2,003  
     
Taxes payable and deferred liability
    (4,409 )     9,255              
     
Other, net
    10       755       (1,029 )     (414 )
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operations
    122,798       52,269       14,654       38,208  
Cash from investing activities:
                               
 
Purchase of business
          9,387              
 
Proceeds from sale and maturities of investments
    10,450       24,474       27,183       22,061  
 
Purchases of investments
    (25,012 )     (4,399 )     (20,761 )     (40,205 )
 
Purchases and dispositions of restricted investments
    (709 )     (4,395 )     (4,237 )     (328 )
 
Additions to property and equipment, net
    (3,042 )     (53 )     (1,495 )     (2,252 )
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (18,313 )     25,014       690       (20,724 )
Cash from financing activities:
                               
Shareholder withdrawals
                (9,209 )      
 
Contribution of capital
    400       70,055             10,275  
 
Proceeds from debt issuance, net
    14,568       1,069                
 
Payments on debt
    (28,916 )     (1,623 )     (589 )     (3,043 )
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (13,948 )     69,501       (9,798 )     7,232  
     
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                               
 
Increase during period
    90,537       146,784       5,546       24,716  
Balance at beginning of period
    146,784             75,414       50,698  
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 237,321     $ 146,784     $ 80,960     $ 75,414  
     
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION —
                               
 
Cash paid for taxes
  $ 16,101     $ 1,270     $     $  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 7,416     $     $     $  
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-17



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Year ended December 31, 2003, five-month period ended December 31, 2002,
predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, and predecessor
year ended December 31, 2001

(Dollars in thousands, except unit and per unit data)

 
1. ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      Wellcare Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability corporation formed on May 8, 2002 (date of inception) for the purpose of acquiring various subsidiaries that operate health plans focused on government programs in various states. The Company began operating on August 1, 2002 in conjunction with the acquisition of its indirect operating subsidiaries and did not have any activity from May 8, 2002 (date of inception) through July 31, 2002. The Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries are WellCare Health Plans, Inc. (“WHP”); Well Care HMO, Inc. (“WC”) and HealthEase of Florida, Inc. (“HE”), both Florida-licensed health maintenance organizations (“HMOs”); WellCare of New York, Inc. (“WCNY”), a New York-licensed HMO; FirstChoice HealthPlans of Connecticut, Inc. (“FC”), a Connecticut-licensed HMO; The WellCare Management Group, Inc. (“WCMG”), a New York-domiciled holding company; Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. (“CHMI”), a Florida-domiciled third-party administrator (“TPA”); Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C. (“LLC”), a Florida-domiciled limited liability company; WellCare of Louisiana, Inc. (“LA”); WellCare Behavioral Health, Inc. (“BH”); and WellCare Group, Inc. (“WCG”) (collectively, “the Subsidiaries). WC, HE, WCNY, FC, WCMG, CHMI and LLC are referred to collectively as the “Acquired Subsidiaries.”

      Through its operating subsidiaries, the Company provides managed care programs and related benefits to over 555,000 individuals under Medicaid, Medicare and other state sponsored children and family health insurance programs. Through its indirect subsidiaries, the Company operates HMOs in the states of Florida, New York and Connecticut. LA has applied for a HMO license in Louisiana and plans to begin its start-up operations in that state during late 2004.

 
      Basis of Presentation

      The Acquired Subsidiaries, as they existed under common control prior to their July 31, 2002 acquisition by WHP, are referred to collectively as “Predecessor.” The Company, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as the “Company” or “Successor.”

      The consolidated balance sheets, statements of income, changes in members’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows include the accounts of the Successor and all of its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The combined balance sheets, statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income and cash flows include all of the accounts of the Predecessor prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      The accompanying Predecessor’s historical combined financial statements for the periods ended July 31, 2002 and prior represent the financial position and corporate structure as of the dates indicated. The Predecessor’s historical combined financial statements do not reflect the effects of the Company’s new capital structure (debt and equity), C Corporation tax structure (previously an S Corporation), purchase accounting as a result of the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and accounting for the acquired intangible assets and goodwill.

F-18



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table describes the periods presented in these consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes thereto:

     
Period Referred to as:


Consolidated results for the Successor from January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
 
“Year ended December 31, 2003
Consolidated results for the Successor from August 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002
 
“Five-month period ended December 31, 2002
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2002 through July 31, 2002
 
“Predecessor seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2002 through July 31, 2002 and results for the Successor from August 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002
 
“Combined year ended December 31, 2002
Combined results for the Predecessor from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001
 
“Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001
 
      Use of Estimates

      The consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates are based on knowledge of current events and anticipated future events and accordingly, actual results may differ from those estimates.

 
      Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. These amounts are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

 
      Investments

      The Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale securities and are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of members’ and stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax effects. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a periodic basis and principally considers the type of security, the severity of the decline in fair value and the duration of the decline in fair value in determining whether a security’s decline in fair value is other-than-temporary. Realized gains and losses from the sale or write-down for other-than-temporary impairments of available-for-sale debt and equity securities are calculated using the specific identification method.

 
      Restricted Assets

      Restricted assets consist of cash, cash equivalents, and investments required by various state statutes to be deposited or pledged to state agencies. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, all restricted assets consisted of cash and cash equivalents. Restricted assets are classified as long-term, regardless of the contractual maturity date due to the nature of the states’ requirements.

F-19



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Premiums and Other Receivables, Net

      Premiums and other receivables consist of premiums due from federal and state agencies. Additionally, premiums and other receivables consist of amounts advanced to hospitals that are under contract with the Company to provide medical services to members. Such advances provided funding to these providers for medical benefits payable. The Company’s allowance for uncollectible premiums and other receivables was approximately $4,827 and $580 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
      Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which is five years for computer equipment and software and five years for furniture and other equipment. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense when incurred. Major improvements that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. On an on-going basis, the Company reviews events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds the sum of estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment loss is recognized in the current period for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value.

 
      Goodwill and Intangible Assets

      Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. The Company’s intangible assets were obtained as a result of its acquisitions of the Acquired Subsidiaries and include provider networks, membership contracts, trademark, noncompete agreements, state contracts, licenses and permits. The Company’s intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to 26 years.

      The Company reviews goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or sooner if events or changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill. The Company’s management has selected the third quarter for its annual impairment test, which generally coincides with the finalization of state and federal negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During the third quarter ended September 30, 2003, management assessed the earnings forecast for its two reporting units and concluded that the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the expected present value of future cash flows and other qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each reporting unit.

      The purchase of the Acquired Subsidiaries was partially financed through a contingent note (“Seller Note”) due to the former stockholders of WC, HE, CHMI and LLC (collectively the “Florida Companies”). As more fully described in Note 6, the principal amount of the Seller Note was subject to adjustment for various contingencies including the capital of various subsidiaries, the actual medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries and the earnings (or losses) of certain subsidiaries and other potential indemnification claims under the purchase agreement. Adjustments to the Seller Note resulted in changes in the purchase price and the amount of goodwill acquired. The Company entered into a settlement agreement in February 2004, which fixed the amount of the Seller Note and finalized the settlement of all purchase price adjustments.

      The aggregate amount of goodwill acquired in 2002 was $117,064 and was increased in 2003 by $41,630 to account for the aforementioned purchase price adjustment. Goodwill was assigned to its two reporting units, which are also its reporting segments. At December 31, 2003, goodwill of $78,339 was assigned to the Medicare reporting unit and $80,386 was assigned to the Medicaid reporting unit. The purchase price adjustment during 2003 was assigned to each unit based upon the corresponding impact of the Seller Note

F-20



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

adjustments. The Company had no impairment losses or any write-offs of goodwill related to dispositions during 2003 or 2002.

 
      Medical Benefits

      The Company contracts with various healthcare providers for the provision of certain medical care services to its members and generally compensates those providers on a fee-for-service basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing arrangements. Medical benefits expense consists of capitation expenses and health benefit claims. Capitation represents fixed payments on a per member per month basis to participating physicians and other medical specialists, as compensation for providing comprehensive health services. Participating physician capitation payments for the year ended December 31, 2003, five-month period ended December 31, 2002, seven-month period ended July 31, 2002, year ended December 31, 2001 were 11%, 10%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of total medical benefits expense.

      Medical benefits payables consist primarily of liabilities established for reported and unreported claims and accrued capitation fees and adjustments, which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date, and contractual liabilities under risk sharing arrangements established through an estimation process utilizing company-specific, industry-wide, and general economic information and data. The estimation process also involves continuous monitoring and evaluation of the submission, adjudication, and payment cycles of claims. The Company’s year-end medical benefits payable is substantially satisfied through claims payment in the subsequent year. The Company estimates ultimate claims based upon historical experience and other available information as well as assumptions about emerging trends, which vary by business segment. Significant assumptions used in the estimation process include trends in benefit costs, seasonality, changes in member demographics, utilization, provider contract terms and reimbursement strategies, frequency and severity of claims incurred, known and adjudicated claims and changes in the timing of the reporting of claims. Additionally, as part of the review, the Company estimates and accrues for the costs necessary to process unpaid claims.

      The Company records reserves for estimated referral claims related to medical groups under contract with the Company who are financially troubled or insolvent and who may not be able to honor their obligations for the costs of medical services provided by other providers. In these instances, the Company may be required to honor these obligations for legal or business reasons. Based on the Company’s current assessment of providers under contract with the Company, such losses are not expected to be significant.

      Due to the numerous factors influencing this liability, the Company develops a series of estimates based upon generally accepted actuarial projection methodologies using various scenarios with respect to claim submission and payment patterns and cost trends. The Company’s policy is to record management’s best estimate of medical and other benefits payable that adequately provides for future payments of claims incurred but not paid under moderately adverse conditions. Deviations, whether positive or negative, between actual experience and estimates used to establish the liability are recorded in the period of claim payment on a consistent basis. The Company continually monitors the reasonableness of the assumptions and judgments used in prior estimates by comparison with actual claim patterns and considers this information in future estimates.

      Medical and other benefits paid can also be significantly impacted by outcomes from court decisions, interpretations by regulatory authorities, and legislative changes involving healthcare matters. As a result, amounts ultimately paid may differ from initial estimates that did not consider such outcomes, interpretations and changes.

F-21



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Premium Deficiency Reserves

      Premium deficiency reserves are recognized when it is probable that the future costs associated with a group of existing contracts will exceed the anticipated future premiums, investment income and stop-loss reinsurance recoveries on those contracts. For purposes of determining whether a premium deficiency exists, contracts are grouped in a manner consistent with the Company’s method of acquiring, servicing and measuring profitability of such contracts. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded premium deficiency reserves of $500 and $1,875, respectively.

 
      Income Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recognized when, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets may not be realized.

 
      Revenue Recognition

      The Company generally receives premiums in advance of providing services, and recognizes premium revenue during the period in which the Company is obligated to provide services to its members. Premiums are billed monthly for coverage in the following month and are recognized as revenue in the month for which insurance coverage is provided. Premiums collected in advance are deferred and reported as unearned premiums in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any amounts that have not been received by the end of the period remain on the balance sheet classified as premium receivables.

 
      Reinsurance

      Certain premiums and medical benefits are ceded to other insurance companies under various reinsurance agreements. The ceded reinsurance agreements provide the Company with increased capacity to write larger risks and maintain its exposure to loss within its capital resources. The Company is contingently liable in the event that the reinsurers do not meet their contractual obligations.

      Reinsurance premiums and medical benefits are accounted for consistently with the accounting for the original policies issued and other terms of the reinsurance contracts. The Company had payments of $2,724, $1,071, $1,616 and $3,337, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001. The Company had recoveries of $715, $985, $1,751 and $1,700, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001.

 
      Member Acquisition Costs

      Member acquisition costs consist of both internal and external agent commissions, policy issuance and other administrative costs that the Company incurs to acquire new members. The Company does not defer member acquisition costs. Member acquisition costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

 
      Recapitalization

      In February 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a plan to reorganize the Company as a corporation by means of a merger of the Company with and into WCG, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, in connection with a planned initial public offering of the reorganized Company’s common stock.

F-22



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Unit-Based Compensation

      The Company has two equity-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 8. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method) prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Compensation cost for unit options is reflected in net income and is measured as the excess of the market price of the Company’s unit at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the unit.

      In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” was issued. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition to the fair value method of accounting for equity-based employee compensation. It also amends and expands the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to equity-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per stock in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee equity options using the fair-value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with equity-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair-value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB Opinion No. 25. The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148.

      The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income attributable to common units if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to equity-based employee compensation.

                   
Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


Net income, as reported
  $ 23,537     $ 4,657  
Reconciling items (net of tax effects):
               
Add: equity-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic-value based method for all awards
    434       4  
Deduct: equity-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value based method for all awards
    (819 )     (4 )
     
     
 
Net adjustment
    (385 )      
     
     
 
Net income, as adjusted
    23,152       4,657  
Class A common unit yield
    (5,997 )     (2,356 )
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 17,155     $ 2,301  
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
               
 
Basic-as reported
  $ 0.66     $ 0.09  
 
Basic-as adjusted
  $ 0.65     $ 0.09  
 
Diluted-as reported
  $ 0.60     $ 0.08  
 
Diluted-as adjusted
  $ 0.58     $ 0.08  

      The Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001 did not have any equity-based employee compensation and as a result, those periods are not displayed in the table above.

F-23



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Net Income Attributable Per Unit and Unaudited Pro Forma Per Share

      Basic net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income less the Class A common unit yield for the period by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, less units outstanding that are unvested and subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion. Diluted net income attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income for the period less the Class A common unit yield by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period, including the unvested units that are subject to provisions that allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion.

      Unaudited pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of automatic conversion of all outstanding common units into shares of the Company’s common stock effective upon the assumed closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering. The Company’s historical capital structure is not indicative of its prospective structure due to the automatic conversion of all units into common stock concurrent with the closing of the Company’s anticipated initial public offering. Accordingly, historical basic and diluted net income attributable per common unit should not be used as an indicator of the future earnings per common share.

      The following table presents the calculation of net income attributable per common units — basic and diluted:

                   
Successor

Five-Month
Year ended Period ended
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


Numerator:
               
Net income — basic and diluted
  $ 23,537     $ 4,657  
Class A Common unit yield
    (5,997 )     (2,356 )
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common unit
  $ 17,540     $ 2,301  
     
     
 
Denominator
               
Weighted average units outstanding — basic
    26,398,962       25,752,459  
Adjustments for unvested outstanding Class C Common units
    3,039,250       1,486,778  
     
     
 
Weighted average units outstanding — diluted
    29,438,212       27,239,237  
     
     
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic (unaudited)
    21,466,300       20,940,597  
     
     
 
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — diluted (unaudited)
    23,937,664       22,149,569  
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit:
               
 
Net income attributable per unit — basic
  $ 0.66     $ 0.09  
 
Net income attributable per unit — diluted
  $ 0.60     $ 0.08  
 
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — basic (unaudited)
  $ 0.82     $ 0.11  
 
Pro forma net income attributable per common share — diluted (unaudited)
  $ 0.73     $ 0.10  

F-24



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

      Accumulated other comprehensive income consists of gains and losses that are not recorded in the statements of income but instead are recorded directly to members’ and stockholders’ equity. The Company’s components of accumulated other comprehensive income include net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax.

 
      Concentrations

      The operations of the Company’s subsidiaries in Florida represent a significant concentration of the Company’s revenues. The following table illustrates the Company’s Florida subsidiaries’ revenue as a percentage of the revenue for each segment and in total.

                                   
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month Seven-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2002 2001




Medicare
    27%       29%       31%       29%  
Medicaid
    59%       57%       54%       51%  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    86%       86%       85%       80%  
     
     
     
     
 

      The Company expects that the Florida Subsidiaries’ Medicare and Medicaid contracts, which expire on various dates between June 2004 and September 2005, will be renewed. The Company’s operating results could be significantly constrained in the event that the compensation provided under its Florida Subsidiaries’ Medicare and Medicaid contracts is inadequate to fund medical benefits expense or in the event that these contracts are not renewed.

 
      Fair Value Information

      The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets include the following financial instruments: cash and cash equivalents, receivables, investments, accounts payable, medical benefits payable, and notes payable. The carrying amounts of current assets and liabilities approximate their fair value because of the relatively short period of time between the origination of these instruments and their expected realization. The carrying value of the notes payable to related party is estimated by management to approximate fair value based upon the term, nature of the obligation and the arms-length negotiations conducted during the purchase transaction. The carrying value of other long-term debt obligations approximates their fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 
      Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses accounting for restructuring and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 supersedes previous accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3 “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity when a company exits a facility, whereas under EITF Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost is recognized at the date a company commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS No. 146 establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized. Application of

F-25



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

SFAS No. 146 was required for restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s financial statements.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others — an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” The interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset, liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in fiscal 2003 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) when the VIEs either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. As of December 31, 2003, the Company does not have any entities that require disclosure or new consolidation as a result of adopting the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 46.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments, including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments, the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 has not impacted the Company’s financial statements.

 
      Reclassifications

      Certain 2002 and 2001 amounts have been reclassified to conform to their 2003 financial statement presentation.

 
2. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

      On July 31, 2002, the Company acquired (directly or indirectly) 100 percent of the outstanding stock or other ownership interests of the Acquired Subsidiaries. The results of the Acquired Subsidiaries’ operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

F-26



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The aggregate purchase price was estimated to be $170,060, including cash compensation of $57,719, the Seller Note, which had an initial principal amount of $53,000 and management’s anticipated contingent consideration of $54,343, for an aggregate principal amount of $107,343 (see Note 6), transaction expenses of $4,748, and a warrant to purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an adjusted purchase price of $3.00 per unit (see Note 8) with an estimated value of $250. The valuation of the warrants was made utilizing Black-Scholes valuation model. Significant assumptions utilized were: dividend yield of 0%; expected term of one year; risk-free interest rate of 1.8%; and an expected volatility of 50.2%.

      The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition, July 31, 2002. Because the value of the Seller Note was contingent upon various factors, the amount of goodwill was subject to future adjustment.

         
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $ 167,313  
Premiums receivable and advances to providers
    15,548  
Restricted investments
    16,023  
Property and equipment and other assets
    11,921  
Intangible assets
    19,970  
Goodwill
    117,064  
     
 
Total assets acquired
    347,839  
     
 
Claims payable
    (109,054 )
Short-term debt and other liabilities
    (68,725 )
     
 
Total liabilities assumed
    (177,779 )
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 170,060  
     
 

      The premium paid for the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Subsidiaries was largely due to management’s expectation that (i) the purchase of the Acquired Subsidiaries would provide the Company with an immediate competitive position in Florida, New York and Connecticut, (ii) the Company would be able to realize savings related to the opportunity costs and lost profits that would have to be incurred to obtain an HMO license in each state and to enter into Medicaid and Medicare contracts, and (iii) the Company would obtain synergies not attributable to a specific asset, such as administrative cost savings realizable as a result of having a fully operational, experienced third party administrator.

      The acquisition was accounted for under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 338(h)10, thus management believes the entire goodwill balance of $117,064 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

      The Seller Note contained the following contingencies and adjustments that were to be established at or around September 15, 2003 and 2004, in each case in accordance with the definitions and procedures set forth in the purchase agreement for the acquisition of the Florida Companies (“purchase agreement”):

  Florida HMO Capital Adjustment— the Seller Note was adjusted for the difference between aggregate actual and required capital at HE and WC at July 31, 2002, as determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles.
 
  Medical Benefits Payable— the Seller Note was adjusted for any deficiency between aggregate estimated and actual medical benefits payable at WCNY and FC at June 30, 2002.
 
  CHMI Capital Adjustment— the Seller Note was adjusted for the difference between CHMI’s actual net worth and $1,000 at July 31, 2002.
 
  Medicare Adjustment— the Seller Note was adjusted for 3.25 times Medicare earnings, as defined in the purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002

F-27



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Commercial Adjustment— the Seller Note was adjusted for commercial earnings or losses, as defined in the purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002.

      In addition, the Seller Note is subject to adjustment based on the Company’s claims for indemnification arising under the purchase agreement.

      The following is a summary of the acquired intangible assets resulting from the business acquisition as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                 
December 31,

2003 2002


Gross Gross
Carrying Accumulated Carrying Accumulated
Amount Amortization Amount Amortization




Provider network
  $ 3,800     ($ 1,274 )   $ 3,800       ($375 )
Membership contracts
    6,000       (4,870 )     6,000       (2,237 )
Trademark
    6,500       (661 )     6,500       (194 )
Noncompete agreements
    2,500       (652 )     2,500       (192 )
Licenses and permits
    985       (93 )     985       (27 )
State contracts
    185       (17 )     185       (5 )
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 19,970     ($ 7,567 )   $ 19,970       ($3,030 )
     
     
     
     
 

      Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2003, and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was $4,537 and $3,030, respectively. The Company did not have any amortization expense for the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 or for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001. Amortization expense expected to be recognized during fiscal years subsequent to December 31, 2004 is as follows:

         
2004
  $ 2,449  
2005
    1,486  
2006
    1,195  
2007
    1,004  
2008
    735  
2009 and thereafter
    5,534  
     
 
    $ 12,403  
     
 

F-28



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The weighted-average amortization periods of the acquired intangible assets resulting from the business acquisition are as follows:

         
Weighted-Average
Amortization
Period
(In Years)

Provider network
    8.94  
Membership contracts
    3.42  
Trademark
    15.00  
Noncompete agreements
    5.00  
Licenses and permits
    15.00  
State contracts
    15.00  
Total intangibles
    10.74  

      The following unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only, to give effect to the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries as if it had been completed on January 1, 2001, and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have actually occurred had the acquisition been completed on that date, nor are they indicative of future operating results.

                 
Pro forma Combined
Year ended December 31,

2002 2001
(unaudited) (unaudited)


Revenues
  $ 921,837     $ 750,284  
Income before income taxes
    27,670       13,062  
Net income
    16,325       7,707  
Class A common unit yield
    (6,246 )     (5,770 )
     
     
 
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 10,079     $ 1,937  
     
     
 
Net income attributable per common unit — basic
  $ 0.38     $ 0.07  
Net income attributable per common unit — diluted
  $ 0.34     $ 0.07  
Weighted average units outstanding — basic
    26,398,962       26,398,962  
Weighted average units outstanding — diluted
    29,438,212       29,438,212  

F-29



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

3.     INVESTMENTS

      The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments are as follows:

                                   
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
December 31, 2003 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value





Available for sale:
                               
 
Certificates of deposit
  $ 33,777     $ 1           $ 33,778  
     
     
     
     
 
                                   
December 31, 2002

Available for sale:
                               
 
Fixed maturities:
                               
 
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 25,384     $ 34           $ 25,418  
 
U.S. Government agency securities
    9,972       19             9,991  
 
Certificates of deposit
    33,601                   33,601  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 68,957     $ 53           $ 69,010  
     
     
     
     
 

      All of the Company’s investments at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are due within one year.

4.     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

      Property and equipment is summarized as follows:

                 
December 31,

2003 2002


Land
  $ 42     $ 42  
Leasehold improvements
    2,991       2,987  
Computer equipment and software
    3,570       1,626  
Furniture and other equipment
    3,389       2,295  
     
     
 
      9,992       6,950  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (5,275 )     (2,743 )
     
     
 
    $ 4,717     $ 4,207  
     
     
 

      The Company recognized depreciation expense on property and equipment of $2,547, $703, $1,239 and $2,192 for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001, respectively.

      The Company committed to a plan to exit its current corporate office in November 2003. All leasehold improvements, which will remain with the lessor, were assigned a remaining useful of eight months to coincide with the planned exit date. This change in estimate resulted in an increase to depreciation expense of approximately $1,019 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

F-30



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.     MEDICAL BENEFITS PAYABLE

      The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for the following periods:

                                   
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month Seven-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Period Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, July 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2002 2001




Balances as of beginning of period
  $ 113,670     $ 109,054     $ 98,314     $ 86,714  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits incurred related to:
                               
Current period
    884,703       348,079       436,444       634,726  
Prior periods
    (23,650 )     (6,316 )     (1,520 )     2,780  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
     
     
     
     
 
Medical benefits paid related to:
                               
Current period
    (751,826 )     (249,076 )     (335,938 )     (538,505 )
Prior periods
    (74,600 )     (88,071 )     (88,246 )     (87,401 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    (826,426 )     (337,147 )     (424,184 )     (625,906 )
     
     
     
     
 
Balances as of end of period
  $ 148,297     $ 113,670     $ 109,054     $ 98,314  
     
     
     
     
 

      Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31, 2002 developed favorably by approximately $23,650. This favorable development was primarily due to realized medical benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed trends. The Company initially assumed a medical benefits expense trend increase of 7.8% and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4% for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and the realized trends account for approximately $15,000 and $3,500 of favorable development for the Medicaid and Medicare segments, respectively. Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 developed favorably by $6,316 and $1,500, respectively, due primarily to lower utilization of medical services than anticipated. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably in the subsequent period by $2,800, due primarily to higher than expected utilization of services and unit costs.

6.     DEBT

      The Company’s outstanding debt at December 31, 2003 and 2002 consists of the following:

                                   
Related Party Other
December 31, December 31,


2003 2002 2003 2002




Line of credit
  $     $     $     $  
Note payable
    119,738       106,600       15,903        
Short-term margin payable
                      49,579  
Other
                114       116  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    119,738       106,600       16,017       49,695  
Less: current portion of long-term debt
    (48,170 )     (21,806 )           (49,654 )
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 71,568     $ 84,794     $ 16,017     $ 41  
     
     
     
     
 

F-31



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Line of Credit

      The Company obtained a $15,000 senior credit facility with an unaffiliated bank in March 2003. The facility has a floating interest rate based on the one month Eurodollar rate and requires payment of any borrowings on the facility at its maturity date in March 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2003, no draws on the line of credit occurred. Additionally, the line of credit has certain financial and non-financial covenants which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2003.

  Note Payable

      In March 2003, a Subsidiary of the Company also issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of $21,615. These notes bear interest at 8% and mature in March 2009. The Company received approximately $15,000 from the issuance (prior to the transaction expenses). The notes require semi-annual payments of interest. Principal payments are due in two equal installments in March 2008 and 2009. The discount on the note was approximately $6,600 and is being amortized over the term of the notes. During the year ended December 31, 2003 approximately $903 was amortized and is included as a component of interest expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

  Note Payable to Related Party

      In conjunction with the business combination described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note payable to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The Seller Note is secured by a portion of WHP’s common stock, had an initial principal amount of $53,000, bears interest at the rate of 5.25% per annum and is payable from September 15, 2003 through September 15, 2006. The principal amount of the Seller Note was subject to adjustment in both 2003 and 2004 based upon a number of earnouts and other contingencies set forth in the purchase agreement, including the capital adequacy of certain of the Florida Companies as of the closing date and the earnings of the Florida Medicare business during fiscal 2002, as described in Note 2. The Company entered into a settlement agreement in February 2004 that fixed the amount of the purchase price and the Seller Note. This settlement and the principal payments made during 2003 resulted in a balance due under the Seller Note of $119,738 at December 31, 2003. The seller continues to be obligated to provide the Company with indemnification for potential pre-acquisition claims.

  Short-Term Margin Payable

      The short-term margin payable consisted of agreements with unaffiliated financial institutions whereby the Company borrowed $50,000 under two separate margin agreements. One of the $25,000 agreements bore interest at the financial institutions base rate plus an applicable margin and the other agreement had fixed rates within the range of 1.5% to 2.82%. Both of these margin payable agreements were closed in 2003.

      Scheduled maturities of the Company’s debt, including the accreted amount of the senior discount notes, during fiscal years subsequent to December 31, 2003 are as follows:

         
2004
  $ 48,170  
2005
    30,784  
2006
    40,784  
2007
     
2008 and thereafter
    21,615  
     
 
    $ 141,353  
     
 

F-32



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

7.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Litigation

      In early 2001, an action was filed against one of the Company’s HMO subsidiaries by a sales agency that had contracted to market the Predecessor’s commercial health plan. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires WC to allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales agent for its Medicare health plans and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits over the alleged contract term. The Company intends to defend this matter vigorously.

      The Company is involved in legal actions in the normal course of business, some of which seek monetary damages, including claims for punitive damages, which are not covered by insurance or indemnifications from the sellers. These actions, including the action described in the preceding paragraph, when finally concluded and determined, will not, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     Operating Leases

      The Company has operating leases for office space, electronic data processing equipment, automobiles, software and terminal lines. Rental expense totaled $2,273, $773, $993 and $1,701 for the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2001, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2003 were:

         
2004
  $ 1,641  
2005
    768  
2006
    535  
2007
    506  
2008
    527  
Thereafter
    881  
     
 
    $ 4,858  
     
 

8.     MEMBERS’ EQUITY

      Under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”), membership interests in the Company are represented by issued and outstanding Units. Units may be divided into one or more types, classes or series, with each type, class or series having the rights and privileges as may be set forth in the LLC Agreement. The Company is currently authorized to issue Preferred Units, Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units and other Common Units under the LLC Agreement.

      Upon the execution of the LLC Agreement as of September 5, 2002, the Company effected a unit split, pursuant to which each common unit then issued and outstanding was automatically converted into 333 1/3 of the same class of common unit.

      Each Class A Common Unit issued accrues, on a quarterly basis, an amount, referred to as the “Class A Common Yield,” equal to 8% per annum on the sum of (i) the Class A Common Capital Value of $3.00 per Class A Common Unit, less any portion of such amount previously distributed to the holder thereof pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, and (ii) the accrued but unpaid portion of the Class A Common Yield for all prior quarterly periods.

F-33



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units are voting units, and entitle the holders thereof to one vote for each such Common Unit on all matters voted upon by members of the Company. Class B Common Units and any Preferred Units are non-voting units.

      Pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, any distribution of cash or assets of the Company is to be made in the following order and priority:

      First, to the holders of Class A Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the accrued but unpaid Class A Common Yield on all outstanding Class A Common Units at the time of the distribution, until the entire amount of the accrued but unpaid Class A Common Yield on all outstanding Class A Common Units has been paid in full;

      Second, to the holders of Class A Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class A Common Capital Value of $3.00 per Class A Common Unit not distributed to the holders prior to the time of the distribution, until the entire amount of the Class A Common Capital Value on all outstanding Class A Common Units has been paid in full;

      Third, to the holders of Class B Common Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class B Common Capital Value per Class B Common Unit not distributed to the holders prior to the time of the distribution, until the entire amount of the Class B Common Capital Value on all outstanding Class B Common Units has been paid in full; and

      Fourth, pro rata, based on the total number of common units of all classes outstanding, to the holders of all common units of all classes.

      The Company did not make any distributions during the periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The aggregate amount of cumulative distribution preference, Class A Common Yield, in arrears at December 31, 2003 and 2002 is $8,353 and $2,356, respectively.

      The Company has entered into agreements with certain members of management and others providing for the sale and issuance of Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units. The Class C Common Units issued or to be issued to management are subject to certain vesting restrictions, as set forth in the applicable agreements. A receivable has been recorded as a reduction of units outstanding and paid in capital for the amount of units issued to one of the Company’s board members.

      In September 2002, the Company adopted two equity plans, the 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan (the “Executive Plan”) and the 2002 Employee Option Plan (the “Employee Plan”). Both plans permit senior executives and other key employees selected to participate to acquire ownership interests in the Company. The Board of Directors reserved an aggregate of 4,432,693 Common Units (which may consist of any combination of Class A Common Units and Class C Common Units) for issuance under the Executive Plan and the Employee Plan.

      Under the Executive Plan, participants are given the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A Common Units. As a result of such purchase, participants are granted a specified number of Class C Common Units, which may be subject to vesting over time or based upon the fulfillment of specified conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ending December 31, 2002, the Company sold 98,333 and 0 Class A Common Units, respectively, pursuant to the plan, for net proceeds of $295 and $0, respectively.

      Under the Employee Plan, participants are granted options to purchase Class A Common Units, at an exercise price to be specified in each individual option grant agreement. No options were exercised during 2003 or 2002.

      In general, Class A Common Units sold and Class C Common Units granted under the Executive Plan, and all Class A Common Units issued upon exercise of options granted under the Employee Plan, are subject

F-34



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to the Company’s right of repurchase upon the termination of the participant’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2003, 3,333 Class A Common Units and 36,925 Class C Common Units were repurchased at the then fair market value at date of repurchase.

      The Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board has the authority to select executives and other employees to participate in the Executive Plan and the Employee Plan, to determine the number of Class A Common Units to be sold and the number of Class C Common Units to be granted to participants in the Executive Plan, to determine the number of Class A Common Units subject to options granted under the Employee Plan, to determine the vesting schedule, if any, applicable to Class C Common Units issued under the Executive Plan and options granted under the Employee Plan, to determine the exercise price of option grants under the Employee Plan, and to otherwise administer the plans.

Warrants

      On July 31, 2002, in conjunction with the purchase transaction, the Company issued to WHP warrants to purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an exercise price of $3.00 per Class B Common Unit. On the same date, in connection with WHP’s acquisition of the Florida Companies, WHP transferred the warrants to certain of the former stockholders of the Florida Companies as part of the purchase price paid by WHP for the Florida Companies. The warrants have a 10-year term and are nontransferable during a restricted period from the date of issuance until the closing of a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933. Management believes the warrants were issued at the then fair market value. The warrants were exercised in December 2003 by the former stockholders. The former stockholders issued a non-recourse note for the aggregate purchase price of $6,861 for the units; accordingly, the note has been shown as an offset to the number of units issued and outstanding and paid in capital.

     Restricted Unit Activity

      The following table summarizes information with respect to restricted unit activity:

         
Restricted units granted in 2002
    2,093,519  
Restricted units granted in 2003
    2,910,117  
Unit-based compensation for five months ended December 31, 2002
  $ 1  
Unit-based compensation for year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 168  
Restricted units subject to repurchase at December 31, 2003
    1,532,368  
Restricted units forfeited in 2003
    124,202  

F-35



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Unit Option Activity

      The following table summarizes equity option activity:

                   
Year Ended
December 31, 2003

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Units Price


Outstanding at beginning of year
           
 
Granted
    1,099,500     $ 3.69  
 
Exercised
           
 
Forfeited
           
     
         
Outstanding at end of period
    1,099,500     $ 3.69  
     
         
Exercisable at end of period
    75,417     $ 3.00  
     
         

      Most outstanding options under the various unit agreements vest over a four year period. Remaining non-exercisable options as of December 31, 2003 become exercisable as follows:

     
2004
  325,646
2005
  271,125
2006
  254,458
2007
  172,854
   
Total
  1,024,083
   

      The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2003:

                                         
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted
Average
Remaining Weighted Weighted
Range of Contractual Average Average
Exercise Number Life Exercise Number Exercise
Prices Outstanding (Years) Price Exercisable Price






$3.00 – $5.26
    1,099,500       9.54     $ 3.69       75,417     $ 3.00  

      The minimum fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used for the grants during the year ended December 31, 2003:

         
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
    3.98%  
Range of risk-free interest rates
    3.37% – 4.52%  
Term
    6.75  
Expected dividend yield
    0%  
Volatility
    50.2%  
Weighted average fair value for options granted
    $3.69  

F-36



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9.  STATUTORY CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

      State insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and surplus for HMOs and require, among other matters, the filing of financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted for HMOs. State insurance regulations also require the maintenance of a minimum compulsory surplus based on various factors. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s HMO subsidiaries were in compliance with these minimum compulsory surplus requirements. The combined statutory capital and surplus of the Company’s HMO subsidiaries was $59,534 and $37,629 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, compared to the required surplus of $34,544 and $23,881 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Dividends paid by the Company’s HMO subsidiaries are limited by state insurance regulations. The insurance regulator in each state of domicile may disapprove any dividend that, together with other dividends paid by a subsidiary in the prior twelve months, exceeds the regulatory maximum as computed for the HMO based on its statutory surplus and net income.

10. INCOME TAXES

      The Company is considered a partnership for federal income tax purposes and is not part of the consolidated filing with its subsidiaries. The Companies’ subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company and the subsidiaries file separate state franchise, income and premium tax returns as applicable.

      The following table provides components of income tax expense for the following periods:

                   
Successor

Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


Current:
               
 
Federal
  $ 13,465     $ 8,705  
 
State
    1,906       1,820  
     
     
 
      15,371       10,525  
     
     
 
Deferred:
               
 
Federal
    1,398       (4,980 )
     
     
 
 
State
    186       (740 )
      1,584       (5,720 )
     
     
 
Total
  $ 16,955     $ 4,805  
     
     
 

F-37



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      A reconciliation of income tax at the effective rate to income tax at the statutory federal rate is as follows:

                 
Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended
December 31, December 31,
2003 2002


Income tax expense at statutory rate
  $ 14,256     $ 3,312  
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
               
State income tax net of federal benefit
    1,611       708  
Provision to return differences
    403        
Effect of non-deductible expenses and other, net
    685       785  
     
     
 
Total income tax expense
  $ 16,955     $ 4,805  
     
     
 

      The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                   
December 31,

2003 2002


Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Medical and other benefits discounting
  $ 2,178     $ 1,890  
 
Unearned premium discounting
    5,968       1,809  
 
Accrued expenses and other
    3,890       5,198  
     
     
 
      12,036       8,897  
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Goodwill, other intangibles and other
    4,155       99  
 
Prepaid liabilities
    1,068       421  
     
     
 
      5,223       520  
     
     
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 6,813     $ 8,377  
     
     
 

11.     RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Transaction Expenses

      The Company reimbursed expenses and paid transaction fees of $83 and $3,668, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, respectively, to the majority stockholder of the Company. The transaction fees reimbursed of $3,668 included outside parties’ direct fees for consulting and legal services, and were capitalized as part of the aggregate purchase price of the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries. Other reimbursed expenses have been included within selling, general and administrative expenses.

     Seller Note

      The Seller Note described in Notes 2 and 6 related to the acquisition of the Subsidiaries is due to a former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who also serves as a director for WC and HE.

     Note Payable to Related Party

      In conjunction with the business combination described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note payable to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The Seller Note is secured by a portion of

F-38



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

WHP’s common stock, had an initial principal amount of $53,000 plus earnouts and other purchase price adjustments that are subject to certain balance sheet amounts and operating results during 2002, as determined in accordance with the purchase agreement, bears interest at the rate of 5.25% per annum, and is payable from September 15, 2003 through September 15, 2005. The Company entered into a settlement agreement on February 12, 2004 that fixed the amount of the purchase price and Seller Note. This settlement and the principal payments made during 2003 resulted in a balance due under the Seller Note of $119,738 at December 31 2003. The seller continues to be obligated to provide the Company with indemnification for potential pre-acquisition claims.

     Consulting Fees

      For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Company incurred consulting fees of $35 and $190, respectively, to former stockholders of the Acquired Subsidiaries.

     Empire Solutions

      Until June 2003, the Company retained Empire Solutions to provide services such as claims data entry and information technology-related services, pursuant to an agreement between Empire Solutions and CHMI. The Company’s former majority stockholder, who also serves as a director of WC and HE, is the Chief Executive Officer and sole owner of Empire Solutions. From the date of the Company’s acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries through the date of the Company’s termination of the agreement, the Company purchased $584 in the aggregate from Empire Solutions.

     IntelliClaim

      In March 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with IntelliClaim, Inc. pursuant to which the Company licenses software and purchases maintenance, support and related services, from IntelliClaim. A member of the Company’s board of directors is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim. In 2003, the Company purchased $263 of services in the aggregate from IntelliClaim.

     Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Area Multi Specialty Group

      The Company conducts business with Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty Group, which provide medical and professional services to a portion of the Company’s membership base. These entities are owned and controlled by a former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who also serves as a director for WC and HE. In 2003 and 2002, the Company purchased $1,131 and $2,280, respectively, in the aggregate from Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty Group.

12.     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

      The Company, through its subsidiary, CHMI, began offering a defined contribution 401(k) in December 2002. The amount of matching contribution expense incurred in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was $241 and $14, respectively. The Predecessor had a separate defined contribution 401(k) plan and made matching contributions of $127 and $200 for the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001.

13.     SEGMENT REPORTING:

      The Company has two reportable segments: Medicaid and Medicare. The segments were determined based upon the type of governmental administration and funding of the health plans. Segment performance is

F-39



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

evaluated based upon earnings from operations without corporate allocations. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1.

      The Medicaid segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients that are eligible for state supported programs including Medicaid and children’s health programs. The Medicare segment includes operations to provide healthcare services to recipients who are eligible for the federally supported Medicare program. The corporate and other segment includes revenue and claims associated with commercial members, investment and other income and selling, general and administrative expenses not allocated.

      Assets and equity details by segment have not been disclosed, as they are not reported internally by the Company.

                                   
Successor Predecessor


Five-Month
Year Ended Period Ended Seven-Month Year Ended
December 31, December 31, Period Ended December 31,
2003 2002 July 31, 2002 2001




Revenue:
                               
Medicaid
  $ 741,328     $ 269,197     $ 330,490     $ 455,764  
Medicare
    288,940       121,367       171,047       236,295  
Corporate and other
    15,714       11,241       18,495       58,225  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,045,982       401,805       520,032       750,284  
Medical benefits expense:
                               
Medicaid
    609,233       222,007       274,672       364,293  
Medicare
    238,933       107,384       145,768       219,505  
Corporate and other
    12,887       12,372       14,484       53,708  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    861,053       341,763       434,924       637,506  
Selling, general and administrative expense:
                               
Medicaid
    87,586       30,862       35,987       56,448  
Medicare
    33,307       13,119       16,354       25,057  
Corporate and other
    5,213       1,403       2,151       4,774  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    126,106       45,384       54,492       86,279  
EBITDA
                               
Medicaid
    44,509       16,328       19,831       35,023  
Medicare
    16,700       864       8,925       (8,267 )
Corporate and other
    (2,386 )     (2,534 )     1,860       (257 )

F-40



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

14.     QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

      Selected unaudited quarterly financial data in 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

                                 
Successor

For the Three-Month Period Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2003 2003 2003 2003




Total revenues
  $ 251,557     $ 254,157     $ 260,548     $ 279,720  
Income before income taxes
    5,910       11,221       15,713       7,648  
Net income
    3,428       6,508       7,687       5,914  
Class A common unit yield
    (1,448 )     (1,478 )     (1,511 )     (1,560 )
Net income attributable to common units
  $ 1,980     $ 5,030     $ 6,176     $ 4,354  
     
     
     
     
 
Income per unit — basic
    0.07       0.19       0.23       0.16  
Income per unit — diluted
    0.07       0.17       0.20       0.14  
Period end membership
    482,000       489,000       497,000       555,000  
                                 
Pro Forma
Predecessor Combined Successor



For the Three-Month Period Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2002 2002 2002 2002




Total revenues
  $ 213,766     $ 226,566     $ 240,681     $ 240,824  
Income before income taxes
    11,887       11,299       6,454       7,753  
Net income
    11,887       11,299       5,923       3,479  
Class A common unit yield
                    (936 )     (1,420 )
Net income attributable to common units
                  $ 4,987     $ 2,059  
                     
     
 
Income per unit — basic
                  $ 0.19     $ 0.08  
Income per unit — diluted
                  $ 0.19     $ 0.07  
Period end membership
    412,000       436,000       447,000       470,000  

      The sum of the quarterly earnings per unit amounts do not equal the amount reported since per unit amounts are computed independently for each quarter and for the full year based on respective weighted-average units outstanding and other dilutive potential units.

15.     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

      In March 2004, WHP entered into a new lease to relocate its corporate headquarters, which it expects to occupy during the second half of 2004. The new lease is for approximately 140,000 square feet of office space and is scheduled to expire in 2011.

      In June 2004, WHP acquired Harmony Health Systems, Inc., (“Harmony”), a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony provides services to over 84,000 members. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2003, Harmony’s revenues were $31,685 and $112,601, respectively, and medical expenses were $24,027 and $82,488, respectively.

      In May 2004, the Company, WHP and certain subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement and obtained two new credit facilities, consisting of a senior secured term loan facility in the amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million, of which $10 million is available for short-term

F-41



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

borrowings on a swingline basis. The term loan facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in May 2008. The Company is a party to this facility for the purpose of guaranteeing the indebtedness of WHP and certain of its subsidiaries.

      Concurrently, the Company entered into an agreement with the former stockholders to prepay $85.0 million of the principal balance of the Seller Note using the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility. In addition, $3.0 million of the principal balance of the note was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. The remaining balance of the note, $28.2 million, is due on September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon the sale of the Company. The Company also used the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility to prepay (for $18.3 million) the $16.2 million senior discount note and terminated the line of credit.

F-42



Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     The Board of Directors

     Harmony Health Systems, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harmony Health Systems, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Harmony Health Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

April 1, 2004

F-43



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   
December 31

2003 2002


Assets
               
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20,441,840     $ 23,688,694  
 
Premium receivable
    14,526,191       11,479,699  
 
Income taxes receivable
    203,374       445,706  
 
Other receivables
    101,541       693,758  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    247,554       275,380  
     
     
 
 
Total current assets
    35,520,500       36,583,237  
Value of businesses in force acquired, net of accumulated amortization (Note 4)
          139,283  
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net of accumulated amortization and depreciation (Note 4)
    1,182,630       2,033,302  
Assets limited as to use — Externally designated under statutory requirement
    509,660       508,798  
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
    1,184,593       734,335  
Other long-term assets
    63,706       57,194  
Employee receivable
          100,000  
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 38,461,089     $ 40,156,149  
     
     
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
 
Claims payable
  $ 18,177,183     $ 22,474,574  
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    2,960,072       2,383,603  
 
Accrued preferred stock dividend payable (Note 11)
    1,903,126       3,159,486  
 
Income tax payable
    2,569       174,907  
     
     
 
 
Total current liabilities
    23,042,950       28,192,570  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock, no par value; 1,300,000 shares authorized, 866,550 and 857,529 issued and outstanding in 2003 and 2002, respectively
    1,407,192       321,536  
 
Less: Treasury stock, at cost; 1,968 shares
    (12,500 )     (12,500 )
 
Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock — $.01 par value; 700,000 shares authorized; 164,208 and 312,100 outstanding in 2003 and 2002, respectively (Note 11)
    1,642       3,121  
 
Additional paid-in capital, preferred stock
    3,019,785       5,739,519  
 
Retained earnings
    11,002,020       5,911,903  
     
     
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,418,139       11,963,579  
     
     
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 38,461,089     $ 40,156,149  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-44



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                   
Year ended December 31

2003 2002


Revenues
               
Premium revenue
  $ 113,349,778     $ 97,601,009  
Interest income
    159,492       247,429  
Other income
    19,360       21,945  
     
     
 
      113,528,630       97,870,383  
Expenses
               
Health care costs:
               
 
Medical services
    57,196,530       50,814,226  
 
Hospital services
    24,158,464       22,872,706  
     
     
 
      81,354,994       73,686,932  
Administrative expenses and other:
               
 
Health plan administration
    22,608,640       16,805,441  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    993,185       1,001,017  
 
Loss on disposal of leasehold improvements
          290,166  
 
Amortization of value of businesses in force (Note 4)
    139,283       186,711  
     
     
 
      23,741,108       18,283,335  
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    8,432,528       5,900,116  
Income taxes (Note 7)
    3,096,308       2,120,216  
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 5,336,220     $ 3,779,900  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-45



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                         
Additional
Paid-In
Preferred Stock Common Stock Capital Total


Preferred Retained Stockholders’
Shares Amounts Shares Amounts Stock Earnings Equity







Balance at December 31, 2001
    465,247     $ 4,652       857,529     $ 309,036     $ 8,555,893     $ 2,598,363     $ 11,467,944  
Redemption of preferred stock
    (153,147 )     (1,531 )                 (2,816,374 )           (2,817,905 )
Imputed preferred stock dividend
                                  (466,360 )     (466,360 )
Net income
                                  3,779,900       3,779,900  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
    312,100       3,121       857,529       309,036       5,739,519       5,911,903       11,963,579  
Redemption of preferred stock
    (147,892 )     (1,479 )                 (2,719,734 )           (2,721,213 )
Exercise and other stock option activity
                9,021       1,006,376                   1,006,376  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                      79,280                   79,280  
Imputed preferred stock dividend
                                  (246,103 )     (246,103 )
Net income
                                  5,336,220       5,336,220  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    164,208     $ 1,642       866,550     $ 1,394,692     $ 3,019,785     $ 11,002,020     $ 15,418,139  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-46



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                       
Year ended December 31

2003 2002


Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net income
  $ 5,336,220     $ 3,779,900  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation and amortization
    1,132,468       1,187,728  
   
Deferred income taxes
    (450,258 )     (84,112 )
   
Loss on disposal
          290,166  
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
     
Premium receivable
    (3,046,492 )     (5,737,127 )
     
Other receivables
    592,217       (456,222 )
     
Prepaid expenses and other
    27,826       (96,152 )
     
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    576,469       (495,250 )
     
Claims payable
    (4,297,391 )     5,196,939  
     
Income taxes receivable
    69,994       (235,952 )
     
Other long-term assets
    (6,512 )     (33,803 )
     
Employee receivable
    100,000       (100,000 )
     
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options and other activity
    1,042,670        
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,077,211       3,216,115  
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchases of equipment and leasehold improvements
    (142,513 )     (588,381 )
Change in assets limited as to use
    (862 )     2,166  
     
     
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (143,375 )     (586,215 )
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Redemption of preferred stock and accrued dividends
    (4,223,676 )     (4,148,753 )
Proceeds from the exercise of options
    42,986       829,500  
     
     
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (4,180,690 )     (3,319,253 )
     
     
 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,246,854 )     (689,353 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    23,688,694       24,378,047  
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 20,441,840     $ 23,688,694  
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing activities
               
Imputed preferred stock dividends
  $ 246,103     $ 466,360  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
               
Cash paid for:
               
 
Income taxes
  $ 3,389,500     $ 2,475,000  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-47



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2003
 
1. ORGANIZATION

      Harmony Health Systems, Inc. (Systems), a New Jersey corporation, was formed in 1995. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Systems and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc., and Harmony Health Management, Inc.

      Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc. (the Illinois Plan), was formed in 1995, and in 1996 received approval from the Illinois Department of Insurance (DOI) to operate as an HMO in Illinois.

      The Illinois Plan was formed for the purposes of providing comprehensive managed health care services to small- and medium-sized employer groups and to low-income (primarily Medicaid-eligible) residents in Illinois. Through January 2001, the Illinois Plan’s primary business was to serve Medicaid-eligibles in the state of Illinois. The Illinois Plan provides these services through contracts with various physicians and hospitals throughout Cook County and Southern Illinois.

      In addition, since February 2001, the Illinois Plan has provided these services through contracts with various providers and hospitals throughout Indiana. In November 2001, Harmony Health Management, Inc. was formed to manage the Indiana operations.

 
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      The significant accounting policies used by Systems are as follows:

 
      Consolidation

      All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Prior approval of state regulators may be required for certain transactions within the consolidated group.

 
      Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Systems considers investments with maturities at the date of acquisition of three months or less and investments in highly liquid market funds, including U.S. Treasury bills, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for these financial instruments approximate fair values.

 
      Use of Estimates

      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 
      Value of Businesses in Force Acquired

      The acquisition costs of purchased blocks of business, including certain intangibles, have been capitalized. These costs are being amortized over three to five years on a straight-line basis, which approximates the estimated remaining retention of the members in force.

 
      Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

      The carrying value of long-lived assets is reviewed if facts and circumstances suggest that it may be impaired. If this review indicates that the carrying value of these assets held and used may not be recoverable based on undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired over the remaining amortization period, the carrying

F-48



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

value will be reduced to an estimated fair value. Management’s review did not identify any facts or circumstances that would indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002, was not recoverable.

 
      Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

      Equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated on the straight-line method over the shorter of useful lives of depreciable assets or the lease term.

 
      Claims Payable

      Claims payable represent the amount of payments to be made on individual claims that have been reported to Systems, as well as estimates of claims incurred, but not yet reported (IBNR). Such estimates are actuarially determined, continually monitored and reviewed, and, as settlements are made or estimates adjusted, the resulting differences are recorded in the current period operations. Despite the variability inherent in such estimates, management believes that the liability for claims payable is fairly stated.

      Systems’ arrangements with hospitals are primarily on a per diem and a diagnostic-related group (DRG) reimbursement basis. Systems’ contracted primary care physicians and specialists are generally reimbursed on a capitation and/ or a fee for service basis.

 
      Premium Revenue

      Premium revenue is recorded as revenue in the month in which subscribers are entitled to service. All premium revenue for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, were generated from the Illinois and Indiana Medicaid programs. The Plan is economically dependent on the Medicaid programs as the Plan has no other sources of revenue.

      Laws and regulations governing the Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. Systems believes that it is in compliance with such laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing. As a result, there is a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change in the near term. While Systems is not aware of any regulatory inquiries, compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action, including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicaid programs.

 
      Contract Acquisition Costs

      The costs incurred related to contracting with subscribers are expensed as incurred.

 
      Health Care Expenses

      Costs of medical care to members are recognized in the period in which services are rendered and include an estimate of the IBNR cost of services at the balance sheet dates. Costs associated with capitation and other provider arrangements are also recognized on an accrual basis. Approximately, 24% and 25% of health care costs are from capitation in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which it becomes apparent based on the then-known facts that the estimate should be revised.

 
      Risks and Uncertainties

      Systems’ business could be impacted by regulatory changes, including rate adjustments and/or marketing activities, Systems’ ability to effectively control health care costs, additional competitors entering Systems’ market, and federal and state legislation in the area of health care reform and governmental licensing

F-49



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

regulations of health maintenance organizations. Changes in these areas could adversely impact Systems’ consolidated operations and financial position in the future.

 
      Reinsurance

      Systems is covered under reinsurance agreements that provide stop-loss coverage for medical services in excess of certain amounts. Reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoveries are netted against the cost of health care. Systems would remain liable in the event that the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations.

 
      Income Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an amount will not be realized.

 
      Stock-Based Compensation

      Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, encourages, but does not require, companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. Systems has chosen to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. Accordingly, compensation expense for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of Systems’ stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Systems grants options at fair market value and, therefore, recognizes no compensation expense.

      Had compensation cost for Systems’ stock-based compensation plan been determined based on SFAS 123, Systems’ net income in 2003 and 2002, on a pro forma basis, would have been as follows (in thousands):

                   
2003 2002


Net income:
               
 
As reported
  $ 5,336     $ 3,780  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value-based method for stock option grants
          (71 )
     
     
 
Pro forma
  $ 5,336     $ 3,709  
     
     
 

      The fair value of options granted under Systems’ stock option plan during 2002 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield; expected volatility of 65%, weighted-average risk free interest rate of 3.10%, and expected life of six years. The weighted-average per share fair values of options granted was $6.12. There were no stock option grants in 2003.

      This pro forma disclosure is not likely to be indicative of pro forma results that may be expected in future years because options vest over several years, pro forma compensation expense is recognized as the options vest, and additional awards may also be granted.

F-50



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Reclassifications

      Certain amounts in the 2002 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.

 
3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

      During 2003 and 2002, the Illinois Plan paid legal fees in the amount of $358,007 and $214,836, respectively, to a law firm which employs a current owner of Systems.

      During 2003, Systems entered into a software development agreement with a company owned by a member of System’s Board of Directors. Payments totaling $38,776 were made to the company during 2003.

 
4. VALUE OF BUSINESSES IN FORCE

      The Company’s intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

                 
2003 2002


Value of business in force
  $ 2,327,792     $ 2,327,792  
Less: Accumulated amortization
    2,327,792       2,188,509  
     
     
 
Net
  $     $ 139,283  
     
     
 
 
5. EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

      Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following at December 31:

                 
2003 2002


Leasehold improvements
  $ 299,381     $ 282,101  
Equipment
    343,147       702,739  
Computer software and hardware
    2,427,568       3,629,129  
Furniture
    612,521       722,635  
     
     
 
      3,682,617       5,336,604  
Less: Accumulated amortization and depreciation
    2,499,987       3,303,302  
     
     
 
    $ 1,182,630     $ 2,033,302  
     
     
 
 
6. ASSETS LIMITED AS TO USE — EXTERNALLY DESIGNATED UNDER STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

      Under Illinois and Indiana regulations governing HMOs, Systems is required to maintain total deposits of $500,000 with the DOI. The funds are held primarily in U.S. Treasury securities that mature within one year and are recorded at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

F-51



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
7. INCOME TAXES

      Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of Systems’ deferred tax assets at December 31 are as follows:

                   
2003 2002


Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Reserve discounting
  $ 145,038     $ 203,000  
 
Fixed and intangible assets
    470,258       520,000  
 
Accrued expenses
    195,502       11,335  
 
Stock options
    373,795        
     
     
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 1,184,593     $ 734,335  
     
     
 

      Systems establishes a valuation allowance for any portion of the deferred tax asset that management believes will not be realized. The principal factor in determining the need for a valuation allowance is Systems’ taxable income in the carryback period. Management believes that deferred taxes will be realized in its entirety, thus, there was no valuation allowance at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

      The effective tax rate on income before income taxes varies from the statutory federal income tax rate principally due to state income taxes and prior period adjustments.

      Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:

                   
2003 2002


Current:
               
 
Federal
  $ 3,136,139     $ 1,947,735  
 
State
    410,427       256,593  
Deferred
    (450,258 )     (84,112 )
     
     
 
    $ 3,096,308     $ 2,120,216  
     
     
 
 
8. CLAIMS PAYABLE

      Activity in claims payable is summarized as follows:

                   
2003 2002


Reserve for claims payable, beginning of year
  $ 22,474,574     $ 17,277,635  
Incurred claims:
               
 
Current year
    85,839,074       75,555,605  
 
Prior years
    (4,484,080 )     (1,868,673 )
     
     
 
      81,354,994       73,686,932  
Payment of claims:
               
 
Current year
    72,410,670       58,281,947  
 
Prior years
    13,241,715       10,208,046  
     
     
 
Claim payments during the year
    85,652,385       68,489,993  
     
     
 
Reserve for claims payable, end of year
  $ 18,177,183     $ 22,474,574  
     
     
 

F-52



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The claims payable recorded as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, as developed in 2003 and 2002, was less than initially estimated due to the variability associated with estimating the ultimate claim development, reinsurance recoveries, and changes associated with the developing block of business.

 
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
      Dividend Restrictions

      Dividends may not be paid by Systems on common stock until obligations relating to accumulated dividends on preferred stock are paid (see Note 11).

 
      Regulatory Matters

      State insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and capital and surplus for insurance companies. In addition, state regulators may permit statutory accounting practices that differ from prescribed practices. The Illinois Plan did not employ such permitted practices at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

      Statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by regulatory authorities for the Illinois Plan differ from GAAP. Net worth and net income, as determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices, for the Illinois Plan are $10,245,000 and $8,282,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and $4,822,000 and $3,641,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The minimum required statutory-basis net worth is $1,500,000.

      Generally, the net worth of the Illinois Plan available for transfer to Systems is limited to the amount that the Illinois Plan’s net worth, as determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices, exceeds minimum statutory capital requirements; however, payments of the amounts as dividends may be subject to approval by regulatory authorities.

      Additionally, the Illinois Plan is restricted by the Illinois insurance laws as to amounts that can be transferred in the form of loans or advances without the approval of the DOI. Under these restrictions, loans or advances will require the approval of the DOI. The DOI approved the payments in 2003 and 2002 of principal and interest on surplus notes by the Illinois Plan to Systems. Payments of $6,200,000 and $3,000,000 were made in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
      Leases

      Systems has noncancelable operating leases for office space and equipment. Approximate future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2003, are as follows:

         
2004
  $ 909,000  
2005
    487,000  
2006
    72,000  
2007 and thereafter
     

      Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, was $845,126 and $655,372, respectively.

 
      Litigation and Insurance

      Systems is subject to claims and legal actions that may arise in the ordinary course of business. However, Systems maintains insurance to protect against such claims or legal actions. Systems is not aware of any litigation against it or its subsidiaries either pending or filed that might have a significant potential impact on the financial position or results of operations.

F-53



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
10. REINSURANCE

      The Illinois Plan maintains a reinsurance contract whereby it cedes exposure to potential losses arising from large claims. The contract provides for the indemnification of 50% to 90% of eligible inpatient expenses in excess of $200,000 per member per year, up to a lifetime limitation of $2,000,000 per member.

      Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Illinois Plan from its obligations to members or providers. The Illinois Plan initially pays all claims and retains responsibility for the portion of the medical expense reimbursed, to the extent that the reinsurer does not meet its obligations assumed under the reinsurance contract.

      Premiums paid under the reinsurance agreement were $252,709 and $788,321 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Recoveries under the reinsurance agreement were $71,538 and $668,554 in the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These amounts are included in hospital services expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 
11. PREFERRED STOCK

      In 1996, Systems issued 465,247 shares of Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock (Series A) at $18.40 per share. Shares were convertible at the holders’ option utilizing an initial conversion factor of $18.40 per share adjusted to reflect antidilutive provisions. The holders of Series A are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8%. During 2003 and 2002, $1,489,272 and $1,330,848 of dividends were paid, respectively. Systems had accrued dividends payable of $1,903,126 and $3,159,486 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      In the event of an Automatic Conversion (initial public offering raising over $15,000,000 with an offering price over 2.5 times the adjusted conversion price), all Series A preferred shares outstanding and any accrued and unpaid dividends are converted to common shares of Systems utilizing the public offering price. The number of shares received upon conversion is limited to the holders of Series A receiving a 25% compounded internal rate of return, as defined in the preferred stock agreements. Upon liquidation, merger, sale of substantially all of the assets of Systems, either voluntary or involuntary, or other event which results in redemption of Series A, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to common stockholders, $18.40 per share, plus accrued dividends, which shall be payable on the same date as the redemption subject to the limitations described above. Any redemption is subject to any required governmental or regulatory approval.

      Under the original terms of the preferred stock agreement, any holder of Series A may require Systems to redeem, on the last business day of 2001, 2002, and 2003, up to 1/ 3 of the outstanding shares each year at a redemption price of $18.40 per share, plus accrued dividends subject to the limitations described above. In 2001, based on preferred stockholder approval, the redemption dates were changed to January 10, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. All other terms of the preferred stock agreement remained the same.

      In January 2002, Systems’ preferred shareholders elected to redeem 153,147 shares of Series A at the predetermined price of $18.40 per share, plus accrued dividends. The total amount paid in January 2002 was $4,148,753. In January 2003, Systems’ preferred stockholders elected to redeem 147,892 shares of Series A at the predetermined price of $18.40 per share, plus accrued dividends. The total amount paid in January 2003 by Systems to applicable stockholders was $4,223,676. In January 2004, Systems’ preferred stockholders elected to redeem 4,878 shares of Series A at the predetermined price of $18.40 per share, plus accrued dividends. The total amount paid in January 2004 by Systems to applicable stockholders was $146,486.

      Series A holders are entitled to the number of votes per share, which is equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Series A is convertible.

F-54



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
12. STOCK OPTION PLAN

      Systems has a stock option plan (the Plan) providing for issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of nonqualified stock options granted under the Plan. The exercise price of each option must equal or exceed fair market value per share, as determined in good faith by the personnel committee, of common stock on the date of the grant. The stock options have a term of 12 years and generally vest over 4 to 5 years. In the event of a change in ownership of Systems, all options outstanding become fully vested.

      Stock option activity is as follows:

                                                   
Number of Options

Weighted-
Exercise Price Average

Exercise
$2.00 $5.00 $10.00 $18.40 Total Price






Outstanding at January 1, 2002
    159,400       43,638             17,082       220,120     $ 3.87  
 
Granted
                83,000             83,000       10.00  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    159,400       43,638       83,000       17,082       303,120       5.55  
Exercised
    (7,500 )                 (1,521 )     (9,021 )     4.77  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    151,900       43,638       83,000       15,561       294,099     $ 5.57  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The following table summarizes information about all stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

                                         
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted-
Average Weighted- Weighted-
Exercise Remaining Average Average
Price Number of Contractual Exercise Number of Exercise
Ranges Shares Life Price Shares Price






$2.00
    151,900       6.3     $ 2.00       151,900     $ 2.00  
$5.00
    43,638       8.4       5.00       36,138       5.00  
$10.00
    83,000       11.0       10.00       16,600       10.00  
$18.40
    15,561       5.2       18.40       15,561       18.40  
     
                     
         
      294,099                       220,199          
     
                     
         

      At December 31, 2003, all authorized and unissued common stock shares were available for grant under the Plan.

 
13. Employee Benefit Plan

      The Illinois Plan sponsors a 401(k) profit-sharing plan (the 401(k) plan) covering substantially all employees of the Illinois Plan. Under the provisions of the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to contribute up to 20% of their aggregate compensation subject to the maximum IRS limitation. The Illinois Plan may contribute amounts to the 401(k) plan at its discretion. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the expense related to the 401(k) plan was $103,000 and $85,000, respectively.

F-55



Table of Contents

HARMONY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
14. Subsequent Event

      On March 3, 2004, Harmony Health Systems, Inc., the nonregulated holding company of Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc., entered into a definitive agreement to be acquired by WellCare Health Plans, Inc. (WellCare), a Medicaid and Medicare managed care organization operating health plans in Florida, Connecticut, and New York. The boards of directors of WellCare and Harmony Health Systems, Inc. have approved the acquisition, and shareholders owning a majority of the outstanding capital stock of Systems have agreed to vote in favor of the transaction. Completion of the acquisition is subject to regulatory approval and is anticipated in 2004.

F-56



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

PRO FORMA UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The pro forma unaudited financial statements presented below give effect to the acquisition of Harmony Health Systems, Inc. (“Harmony”), an Illinois Corporation, by WCG Health Management, Inc, a subsidiary of WellCare Health Plans, Inc. (the “Company”). The pro forma unaudited financial statements assume the merger had occurred on March 31, 2004 for the purposes of the pro forma unaudited balance sheet, and as of January 1 for purposes of the pro forma unaudited income statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003. The pro forma unaudited financial statements include the historical amounts of the Company and Harmony adjusted to reflect the effects of the Company’s acquisition of Harmony.

      The Company has accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Therefore, the Company recorded the assets (including identifiable intangible assets) and liabilities of Harmony at their estimated fair value. The difference between the purchase price and the estimated fair value of the net assets and liabilities will result in goodwill. The valuation of the goodwill and intangible assets acquired as a result of the Harmony acquisition, and the ultimate medical expenses subject to a true-up adjustment in accordance with the purchase agreement, have not been finalized. The Company has estimated the amount of medical expenses payable as well as goodwill and intangible assets based on historical and industry-wide data.

      The pro forma information, while helpful in illustrating the financial characteristics of the combined Company under one set of assumptions, should not be relied upon as being indicative of the results that would actually have been obtained if the merger had been in effect for the periods described below or the future results of the combined Company.

      The pro forma information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial statements of Harmony.

F-57



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

PRO FORMA UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEET

(Dollars in thousands)

                                     
March 31, 2004

WellCare Harmony WellCare Health
Health Plans, Health Pro Forma Plans, Inc.
Inc. Systems, Inc. Adjustments Pro Forma




Assets
                               
Current Assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 198,799     $ 28,446     $ (10,291 )(A)   $ 216,954  
 
Investments
    38,930                     38,930  
 
Premiums and other receivables
    16,723       9,978               26,701  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    4,398       1,247               5,645  
 
Deferred income taxes
    11,977                     11,977  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    270,827       39,671       (10,291 )     300,207  
Property and equipment, net
    4,752       1,009       (318 )(B)     5,443  
Goodwill
    158,725             25,655  (C)     184,380  
Other intangibles, net
    11,498             8,892  (C)     20,390  
Restricted assets
    26,239       509               26,748  
Deferred income taxes
          1,117               1,117  
Deposits
    299       64               363  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 472,340     $ 42,370     $ 23,938     $ 538,648  
     
     
     
     
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                               
Current Liabilities:
                               
 
Medical benefits payable
  $ 148,403     $ 21,488             $ 169,891  
 
Unearned premiums
    52,033       102               52,135  
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    25,155       2,080               27,235  
 
Accrued preferred stock dividend payable
          1,910       (1,910 )(D)      
 
Income taxes payable
    3,875       728               4,603  
 
Deferred income taxes
                         
 
Current portion of notes payable related party
    44,672                       44,672  
 
Current portion of long-term debt
                         
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    274,138       26,308       (1,910 )     298,536  
Notes payable to related party
    71,568                     71,568  
Long-term debt
    16,202             40,000  (E)     56,202  
Accrued interest
    268                     268  
Deferred income taxes
    4,255                     4,255  
Other liabilities
    250                     250  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    366,681       26,308       38,090       431,079  
     
     
     
     
 
Stockholders’ Equity:
                               
Common stock, no par value
          580       (580 )(F)      
Less: treasury stock, at cost
                         
Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value
          2,932       (2,932 )(F)      
Paid-in capital
    71,642       1,043       867       73,552  
Retained earnings
    34,016       11,507       (11,507 )(F)     34,016  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1                     1  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    105,659       16,062       (14,152 )     107,569  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 472,340     $ 42,370     $ 23,938     $ 538,648  
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-58



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

PRO FORMA UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

                                     
Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2004

WellCare Harmony WellCare Health
Health Plans, Health Pro Forma Plans, Inc.
Inc. Systems, Inc. Adjustments Pro Forma




Revenues:
                               
 
Premium
  $ 943,041     $ 105,550             $ 1,048,591  
 
Investment and other income
    1,546       662     $ (39 )(G)     2,169  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    944,587       106,212       (39 )     1,050,760  
Expenses:
                               
 
Medical benefits
    768,330       83,551               851,881  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    113,780       24,302       (4,238 )(H)(I)     133,844  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    5,383       522               5,905  
 
Interest
    7,020       16       917  (J)     7,953  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    894,513       108,391       (3,321 )     999,583  
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    50,074       (2,179 )     3,282       51,177  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    19,195       (1,159 )     1,247  (K)     19,283  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 30,879     $ (1,020 )   $ 2,035     $ 31,894  
     
     
     
     
 
Net Income Per Share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ 1.15                     $ 1.19 (L)
 
Diluted
  $ 1.05                     $ 1.08 (L)
Weighted Average Number of
                               
Shares Outstanding:
                               
 
Basic
    26,767,093                       26,767,093  
 
Diluted
    29,417,475                       29,417,475  

See notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-59



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

                                   
Year Ended December 31, 2003

Harmony WellCare
WellCare Health Pro Forma Health Plans, Inc.
Health Plans Inc. Systems, Inc. Adjustments Pro Forma




Revenues:
                               
Premium
  $ 1,042,852     $ 113,350             $ 1,156,202  
Investment and other income
    3,130       179     $ (51 )(G)     3,258  
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenues
    1,045,982       113,529       (51 )     1,159,460  
Expenses:
                               
Medical benefits
    861,053       81,355               942,408  
Selling, general and administrative
    126,106       22,748       3,000  (H)     151,854  
Depreciation and amortization
    8,159       993               9,152  
Interest
    10,172             2,200  (J)     12,372  
     
     
     
     
 
Total expenses
    1,005,490       105,096       5,200       1,115,786  
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    40,492       8,433       (5,251 )     43,674  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    16,955       3,096       (2,048 )(K)     18,003  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 23,537     $ 5,337     $ (3,203 )   $ 25,671  
     
     
     
     
 
Net Income Per Share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ 0.63                     $ 0.69 (L)
 
Diluted
  $ 0.61                     $ 0.66 (L)
Number of Shares Outstanding:
                               
 
Basic
    37,069,090                       37,069,090  
 
Diluted
    38,871,400                       38,871,400  

See notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

F-60



Table of Contents

WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC. PRO FORMA

NOTES TO PRO FORMA UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands)

(A)   Represents a cash distribution from the Company to the selling parties of Harmony for the amount of the purchase price in excess of the $40,000 borrowed.
 
(B)   Represents adjustments to property and equipment to reflect their estimated fair market value.
 
(C)   The total adjustments to goodwill and other intangible assets of $34,547 is a result of the excess of cost over the estimated fair market value of the net assets of Harmony (at a purchase price of $50,296, including certain acquisition costs). The Company has not yet finalized its fair value analysis; therefore, the allocation of the assets and liabilities is subject to adjustment. The calculation is estimated as follows:
         
Harmony purchase price
  $ 50,296  
Less fair value of Harmony’s assets as of March 31, 2004
    15,749  
     
 
Total estimated increase in goodwill and other intangible assets
  $ 34,547  
     
 

(D)   Represents preferred stock dividends paid to equityholders of Harmony in conjunction with the change in control of ownership.
 
(E)   Represents $40,000 of the $160,000 senior secured term loan facility entered into by the Company in May 2004. This amount was designated to finance the acquisition of Harmony.
 
(F)   Represents elimination of Harmony’s Common Stock accounts, Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock, Paid in capital, and Retained earnings for combination purposes.
 
(G)   Represents the estimated loss of investment income earned on the $10,291 cash paid to Harmony’s equityholders of $39 and $51 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively.
 
(H)   Represents the amortization expense recorded related to management’s estimation of the identifiable intangible assets of $1,000 and $3,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively.
 
(I)   Represents stock compensation recorded for the termination of the preferred stock upon the purchase of Harmony.
 
(J)   Represents interest expense for the $40,000 additional borrowing of $917 and $2,200 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively.

     Interest is payable quarterly at a rate per annum based on the optional rates available to the Company. The Company has the option to select either (a) LIBOR plus a 4 percent margin or (b) the greater of (i) prime or (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, plus a margin of 3 percent. The Company has estimated the interest herein at 5.5% using a six month LIBOR rate estimated to be 1.5%. The term loan will mature in May 2009.

(K)   The income tax expense/benefit related to all adjustments is projected at the Company’s effective tax rate of 38% and 39% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003. The income tax expense is $1,247 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the income tax benefit is $2,048 for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
(L)   The unaudited pro forma earnings per share is calculated using outstanding common stock and common stock options, as applicable, on September 30, 2004. The December 31, 2003 unaudited pro forma earnings per share is calculated using outstanding common stock and common stock options, as applicable, at the initial public offering plus common stock options issued contemporaneously with the offering, as applicable, and common stock sold in the initial public offering.

F-61



Table of Contents

(INSIDE BACK COVER ART)


Table of Contents

(WellCare Logo)

 

Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘424B1’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
1/1/13
9/15/06
6/30/064
1/1/06
12/31/0510-K/A
9/30/0510-Q
9/15/05
7/31/05
7/6/054
4/21/05
3/1/058-K
2/15/0510-K
2/2/05
2/1/05
1/31/058-K
1/1/05
12/31/0410-K,  10-K/A
12/28/048-K
12/22/044
Filed on:12/17/04
12/16/048-K
11/3/043,  4,  8-K
9/30/0410-Q
9/15/04
8/31/048-K
8/5/044
7/7/044
7/1/04424B4
6/30/0410-Q,  3
6/28/04S-1/A
6/7/04
5/31/04
5/12/04
5/1/04
4/1/04
3/31/04
3/3/04
2/12/04
2/6/04
1/10/04
1/1/04
12/31/03
12/8/03
10/16/03
9/30/03
9/15/03
6/15/03
5/31/03
5/30/03
5/1/03
4/21/03
4/14/03
2/20/03
1/10/03
1/1/03
12/31/02
10/16/02
9/6/02
9/5/02
8/1/02
7/31/02
6/30/02
5/8/02
1/10/02
1/1/02
12/31/01
4/14/01
1/1/01
12/31/00
12/28/00
8/17/00
12/31/99
9/30/99
8/20/96
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0000950133-04-004654   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Tue., Apr. 30, 7:51:13.2pm ET